Exlservice
Annual Report 2014

Plain-text annual report

EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. FORM 10-K (Annual Report) Filed 02/27/15 for the Period Ending 12/31/14 Telephone CIK Symbol SIC Code Industry Sector Fiscal Year (212) 872-1415 0001297989 EXLS 7389 - Business Services, Not Elsewhere Classified Business Services Services 12/31 http://www.edgar-online.com © Copyright 2015, EDGAR Online, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Distribution and use of this document restricted under EDGAR Online, Inc. Terms of Use. Table of Contents UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 OR FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 001-33089 EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) (212) 277-7100 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:1) No  Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:1) No  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  No (cid:1) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  No (cid:1) Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:1) No  As of June 30, 2014, the aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $915,216,325. As of February 23, 2015, there were 33,185,239 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding (excluding 1,310,751 shares held in treasury), par value $0.001 per share.  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (cid:1) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 DELAWARE 82-0572194 (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 280 PARK AVENUE, 38 TH FLOOR, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code) Title of Each Class: Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered: Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share NASDAQ Global Select Market Large accelerated filer  Accelerated filer (cid:1) Non-accelerated filer (cid:1) (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company (cid:1) DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Part III incorporates information from certain portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the fiscal year end of December 31, 2014. Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS Page PART I. ITEM 1. Business 1 ITEM 1A. Risk Factors 19 ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 39 ITEM 2. Properties 39 ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings 39 ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 39 PART II. ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 40 ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data 43 ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 44 ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 63 ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 64 ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreement with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 64 ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures 65 ITEM 9B. Other Information 66 PART III. ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 67 ITEM 11. Executive Compensation 67 ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 67 ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 67 ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 67 PART IV. ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 68 SIGNATURES 69 EXHIBIT INDEX 70 INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1 Table of Contents ExlService Holdings, Inc. (“EXL” or “we” or “us), incorporated in Delaware in 2002 is a leading provider of business process solutions. Working as a strategic partner, we help our clients simplify and streamline business operations, manage compliance, create new channels for growth, and better adapt to change. Our solutions integrate operations management with analytics and business transformation to deliver actionable business insights and long-term business impact. We help shape our clients’ operating environments through process and technology interventions with the goal of increasing quality and productivity while improving risk management and control. Our business is divided into two reporting segments: Operations Management (previously Outsourcing Services) and Analytics and Business Transformation (previously Transformation Services). We changed our reporting segment nomenclature for 2014 in order to better describe the nature of our engagements with our clients. The business composition of each reporting segment remains unchanged, and as such, there is no required restatement or reclassification. Our Operations Management and Analytics and Business Transformation solutions include: 1 ITEM 1. Business Table of Contents Operations Management Our Operations Management solutions typically involve the transfer to EXL of select business operations of a client such as claims processing, clinical operations, or financial transaction processing, after which we administer and manage those operations for our client on an ongoing basis. We use a focused industry vertical approach to provide a suite of integrated solutions to organizations in the insurance, healthcare, banking and financial services, utilities, travel, transportation and logistics industries in addition to providing finance and accounting solutions across multiple industries. Our Operations Management solutions represented 78% of EXL’s revenues in 2014. The key differentiators and salient features of our Operations Management solutions include our proprietary delivery model, the Business EXLerator Framework TM , our ability to deploy a Business Process-as-a-Service (“BPaaS”) delivery model, and our industry vertical focused approach to operational service delivery. 2 Table of Contents The Business EXLerator Framework TM is our integrated approach to operations management which enables us to drive better customer outcomes by using advanced automation, workflow management, data visualization and embedded analytics. Inbuilt analytics provides superior decision-making and prioritization to facilitate input optimization and better business outcomes. The Business EXLerator Framework TM correlates data from multiple sources to create actionable insights for front-line operations and customer service executives and makes use of embedded technology tools, applications and platforms in our clients’ operations. We develop and adopt industry-specific best practices and operational benchmarks to allow us to measure and compare our operation management services to these benchmarks. While the majority of our Operations Management services are provided to clients using client owned or licensed technology platforms, we increasingly deliver our solutions using a BPaaS delivery model. The BPaaS delivery model includes the provision of a technology platform along with process management services. The service offering is typically priced based on the number of transactions or usage by the client. These solutions may use standardized and shared technology and operational delivery infrastructure enabling us to leverage technology and infrastructure investments across multiple clients. Insurance: We are a leader in servicing the insurance industry and currently serve property and casualty (“P&C”) insurance, life insurance, disability insurance, annuity and retirement services companies. In 2014, the research firm Everest Group ranked EXL as a “Leader” in the U.S. insurance business process outsourcing (“BPO”) market. We have expertise in the areas of claims processing, subrogation, premium and benefit administration, agency management, account reconciliation, policy research, underwriting support, new business processing, policy servicing, premium audit, surveys, billing and collection and customer service. We have intensified our use of proprietary technology tools and platforms to provide increasingly complex services to the insurance industry. We have invested in creating BPaaS solutions for the insurance industry through several of the acquisitions we have made and by building in-house technology platforms. For example, in 2014, we acquired Overland Holdings, Inc. (“Overland”) which provides premium audit and underwriting surveys for more than 300 P&C insurers using a BPaaS delivery model. Overland strengthens EXL’s onshore delivery capabilities with approximately 750 U.S.-based employees, multiple regional offices and 3 Table of Contents a nationwide network of auditors and surveyors. Overland offers services including physical audit, telephone audit, and government inspection and has developed an automated premium audit solution Auditstream ® . Overland also offers survey products and services to homeowners and commercial insurance carriers through Castle High Value Surveys ® . We provide subrogation solutions to property and casualty insurers using a BPaaS delivery model and our Subrosource ® software platform, the largest commercial end-to-end subrogation platform. Subrosource ® integrates with client systems, manages recovery workflow, increases recoveries and reduces costs. We provide medical record information analysis using a BPaaS delivery model and our MedConnection TM software platform. MedConnection TM allows disability insurance and property and casualty insurance companies to empower adjusters, attorneys and medical staff to perform fewer non-core activities to allow them to focus on case closure and cost reduction in file management. We provide insurance policy administration solutions using a BPaaS delivery model through our LifePRO ® platform in order to help clients administer life insurance, health insurance, annuities and credit life and disability insurance policies. More than 40 life and annuities insurers manage policies on EXL’s LifePRO ® platform and several administer more than a million contracts on a single database. Our Insurance solutions include: Healthcare: We offer a suite of operations management solutions for the rapidly changing healthcare industry, primarily serving U.S.-based health insurers (payers). Our integrated service offering comprises clinical operations management, healthcare analytics, a care management platform and process management consulting services. Our solutions address the market need for improved healthcare outcomes and reduced costs. To support our client’s organizational objectives, we have over 1,000 global clinical professionals and nearly 400 professionals in our analytics group focused on healthcare. 4 Table of Contents We provide clinical care management services for our clients’ commercial, Medicare and disability products and programs. We deliver back-office support, such as member enrollment, claims adjudication and finalization, and billing and collections management. Accreditation and training are critical components of our service. Our delivery facility in Manila, Philippines is URAC accredited (Utilization Review Accreditation Commission), and we run an internal Healthcare Academy to assure our clinicians stay up to date on product delivery, health care matters and clinical skill sets’ training. We also employ a Chief Medical Officer and Chief Actuarial Officer in order to further our understanding of the key issues confronting our healthcare clients. We offer BPaaS solutions designed to serve the healthcare industry as well as proprietary technology platforms. EXL’s CareRadius ® application and MaxMC sm applications connect payers, providers and members with critical clinical information, and automates a payer’s operations to increase efficiencies across all aspects of care management. Currently, our CareRadius ® application and MaxMC sm applications administer over 49 million lives. Our Healthcare solutions include: Utilities: We provide utility and energy companies with operational support across the customer life cycle including account setup, home and business moves, billing, meter exchange and recoveries. Our utilities solutions are designed to reduce costs, shorten turnaround times, improve compliance and enhance customer experience. We have supported multiple SAP implementations by designing, testing, piloting and stabilizing these new platforms. In 2014, EXL’s Utilities practice received the Innovation Award from the international consultancy Alsbridge, Inc., for EXL’s use of analytics and automation to improve receivables management processes for a leading energy supplier in the UK. 5 Table of Contents Our Utilities solutions include: Banking and Financial Services: We have diverse experience in servicing and processing banking operations for a wide variety of financial services products, including residential mortgage lending, retail banking and credit cards, commercial banking and investment management. EXL has assisted global banking institutions with improving their operations by enabling clients to identify regulatory and compliance gaps, develop remediation plans and solutions, and track ongoing performance. EXL uses proprietary business intelligence tools to provide workflow management, transaction monitoring, and management information and reporting to enhance transparency in regulatory and management reporting. Our Banking and Financial Services solutions include: Travel, Transportation and Logistics : We have expertise in managing and improving operational, financial and analytical functions for clients in the travel, transportation and logistics industries. We provide front-, middle- and back-office services to companies in the corporate and leisure travel management industry. In addition, we have expertise in processing transportation and logistics transactions, including supply chain management, warehousing, transportation management and international logistics services. We also provide highly complex operational and analytical services to airlines, trucking and shipping companies, ocean carriers and logistics providers. 6 Table of Contents Our Travel, Transportation and Logistics solutions include: Finance and Accounting: We provide operations management solutions to finance organizations through our finance and accounting (“F&A”) center of excellence. Our F&A operations management solutions are provided to clients across a broad spectrum of industries. We provide integrated end-to-end F&A services across an array of F&A processes including procure to pay, order to cash, hire to retire, record to report and treasury and tax processes. To facilitate transformational F&A engagements with our clients, we provide consulting services, as well as utilize a number of technology applications which are proprietary to EXL or available through strategic partnerships we have established with third parties. 7 Table of Contents Our Finance and Accounting solutions include: Analytics and Business Transformation Our Analytics and Business Transformation services include our Analytics, Operations Consulting, and Finance Transformation services. These services focus on improving our clients’ operating environments, through cost reduction, improved operational effectiveness and additional insight into business performance, such as business forecasting, enhanced efficiency and productivity, improved effectiveness of business decisions and creation of an improved risk and control environment. We actively integrate our Analytics and Business Transformation solutions with Operations Management as part of a comprehensive solution for our clients. Our Analytics and Business Transformation team comprises over 1,800 professionals. Analytics and Business Transformation represented 22% of EXL’s revenues in 2014. Analytics Our Analytics solutions involve accessing and analyzing large volumes of data from multiple data sources to generate insights about past business performance or predict future business outcomes. In order to provide services, we employ a large pool of analytics professionals and data scientists who utilize analytics tools and methodologies in ways designed to help clients better understand their data to generate actionable business insights. These insights generated by our analytics tools, statistical models and data scientists assist clients in making quicker, more accurate and data-driven business decisions. Our Analytics work spans both project work and longer-term annuity services where EXL provides ongoing analytics modeling and services for a year or more. 8 Table of Contents Our Analytics solutions facilitate the development of a holistic strategy by our clients around the use of structured, semi-structured and unstructured data available both internally to our client’s organization and externally in the public domain. In order to use data more effectively, we provide solutions enabling data visualization and management reporting which a business user can segment, drill-down, and filter in order to derive business insights. Our team assists clients with building predictive models using statistical techniques, that improve our clients’ marketing effectiveness, risk management, collections strategy and fraud detection capabilities. In order to build predictive models that are most effective for our clients, we utilize domain and industry knowledge related to the business problem being considered to validate the drivers of the underlying problem or outcome and provide corresponding solutions or insights. We have established large analytics delivery centers in order to provide dedicated management reporting, advanced analytics, predictive modeling and data management services for our clients. Our Analytics solutions include: Business Transformation Our Business Transformation Services, which include Operations Consulting and Finance Transformation, provide industry-specific expertise that helps our clients deliver continuous process innovation, design optimal operating models that deal with rapidly changing market environments, and manage change in the regulatory and compliance landscape. Our services also identify business processes that can be improved by documenting processes, creating standard operating procedures, defining metrics and evaluation criteria as well as generating customized dashboards and reporting using our proprietary methodologies. These services provide insights and help shape our clients’ future financial and operational goals. Operations Consulting Our Operations Consulting practice provides a range of consulting services including operating model design, implementation services and change management. Utilizing Lean and Six Sigma methodologies, we advise our clients on enhancing operational effectiveness, driving cost reduction initiatives and operations innovation and subsequently managing the implementation of our recommendations. In-line with our strategy of embedding process automation and analytics into our solutions, EXL acquired Blue Slate Solutions, LLC (“Blue Slate”) in 2014. Blue Slate is a business process management (“BPM”) and technology solutions consulting company. With professionals located throughout the U.S, Blue Slate specializes in transforming operations through business process automation, use of innovative technologies, data integration and analytics. 9 Table of Contents Our Operations Consulting solutions include: Finance Transformation Our finance transformation services include governance, risk and compliance, finance accounting support, finance organizational design, finance process optimization, and finance systems advisory. Our Finance Transformation business specializes in serving the finance and accounting function across a range of industries. Many of our professionals who provide these services are certified accountants, internal auditors and process and technology experts. 10 Table of Contents Our Finance Transformation solutions include: Geographic and Segment Information Please see the disclosures in Notes 4 and 15 to our consolidated financial statements for segment and geographic information regarding our business. Business Strategy Our goal is to be a leading provider of Operations Management and Analytics and Business Transformation solutions in the industry sectors on which we are focused. Specific elements of our strategy include: Deploying our Business EXLerator Framework TM in Client Engagements In servicing our clients, we continue to differentiate ourselves by using our proprietary Business EXLerator Framework TM . Business EXLerator Framework TM is our proprietary delivery model that incorporates benchmarking, business process automation, Lean Six Sigma methodologies, analytics and technology designed to provide superior value to our clients. We build models and templates that help clients achieve a quantifiable return on their engagements with us and build a roadmap for pursuing ongoing improvements. Where we have successfully deployed the Business EXLerator Framework TM , we have experienced significant increases in the efficiency, accuracy and effectiveness of client operations while simultaneously mitigating risk, creating value and generating business impact. Developing Business Process as a Service (“BPaaS”) Solutions We intend to increase our investment and focus in developing BPaaS and technology-enabled product solutions. We anticipate evolving part of our servicing model in niche operations management services, from our current model to a BPaaS servicing model that offers an integrated technology platform with operations management services. BPaaS services are typically delivered using a transaction-based or outcome-based pricing model and can minimize a client’s initial capital investment on technology. We intend to enter into additional partnerships to facilitate our BPaaS solutions. Currently, we partner with leading software and technology companies to enable our BPaaS solutions and the deployment of our Business EXLerator Framework TM . Building Additional Analytics Capabilities and Solution Offerings We continue to invest in our Analytics capabilities by expanding our solution offerings, enhancing the skill sets and training of our team, and developing reusable intellectual property that can be incorporated into our 11 Table of Contents analytics solutions. For example, we are developing new analytics service offerings tailored for each of our focus industry domains. We intend to further increase our investment in our proprietary methodology solutions and algorithms that help us improve our ability to predict outcomes for our clients to help them capture data signals in a more efficient manner. In order to optimize the way in which we deliver analytics solutions to clients and source the highest quality global talent, we intend to further expand our multi-shore delivery capabilities by adding to our team of professionals in the United States, United Kingdom, Europe, India, Singapore and the Philippines. In addition to hiring directly from educational institutions, we expect to hire additional experienced senior team members in order to deepen our industry expertise and thought leadership. Extending Our Industry Expertise We intend to further extend our knowledge and capabilities in the industry verticals we serve in order to enhance our reputation as a leading provider of business process solutions. By focusing on transitioning and managing more complex and value-enhancing services we can enhance our capability to serve our clients. For example, we have more than a decade of experience in transitioning and servicing approximately 1,200 operations management processes to our operations centers, including approximately 650 processes in the insurance and healthcare industry. In order to market our base of experience externally, we intend to produce additional primary research and opinion pieces in order to develop our reputation as industry thought leaders. Recruiting, Training, and Retaining the Most Talented Professionals We continue to invest in human resources and further refine and supplement the innovative methods we use to recruit, train and retain our skilled employees. We intend to focus on recruiting highly qualified employees and developing our employees’ leadership skills through specialized programs including our learning academies, rigorous promotion standards, industry-specific training and competitive compensation packages that include incentive-based compensation. We supplement our scope of operations experience with several industry-specific training academies to enhance the domain expertise of our employees. Cultivating Long-term Relationships and Expanding our Client Base We continue to maintain our focus on cultivating long-term client relationships as well as attracting new clients. We believe there are significant opportunities for additional growth within our existing clients, and we seek to expand these relationships by increasing the depth and breadth of the services we provide. We intend to seek industry-leading clients, targeting Global 2000 companies that have the most complex and diverse processes and, accordingly, stand to benefit significantly from our services. We also intend to initiate long-term relationships with medium-sized companies in our focus industries particularly with our BPaaS offerings. Expanding our Global Delivery Footprint and Operational Infrastructure We intend to further expand and invest in our network of delivery centers to service our clients. In 2014, we opened new operations centers in Mumbai, India, Alabang and Cebu, Philippines, and Dallas, Texas. In 2014, the acquisition of Overland added multiple North American regional offices to our delivery network, significantly expanding our U.S.-based services. We anticipate developing a delivery center in Colombia in order to provide Spanish language delivery services to our clients. Pursuing Strategic Relationships and Acquisitions We intend to continue making selective acquisitions in our focus industry verticals as well as to add to our capabilities. We intend to selectively consider strategic relationships with industry leaders that add new long-term client relationships, enhance the depth and breadth of our services and complement our business strategy. We also intend to selectively consider partnerships, alliances or investments that will expand the scope and effectiveness of our services by adding proprietary technology assets and intellectual property, adding new clients or allowing us to enter new geographic markets. 12 Table of Contents Our Industry Business Process Management (“BPM”) service providers work with clients to transfer their key business processes to reduce costs, improve process quality, handle increased transaction volumes and reduce redundancy. BPM providers can enable organizations to enhance profitability and increase efficiency and reliability, permitting them to concentrate on their core areas of competence. BPM is a long-term strategic commitment for a company that, once implemented, is generally not subject to cyclical spending or information technology budget fluctuations. Increased global demand, cost improvements in international communications and the automation of many business services have created a significant opportunity for BPM providers with offshore delivery capabilities, and many companies are moving select office processes to providers with the capacity to perform these functions from overseas locations. We believe the demand for BPM services will be primarily led by industries that are transaction-driven and that require significant customer interactions. The high cost of servicing a large number of small customer accounts makes BPM a compelling strategic alternative for such industries. According to India’s National Association of Software and Service Companies (“NASSCOM”), an industry trade organization, exports from India in the information technology and BPM industry are expected to grow between 12% and 14% year-over-year in the fiscal year ending March 31, 2016, to between $112 billion and $114 billion. According to International Data Corporation, (“IDC”), an industry market intelligence advisory firm, BPM should grow at over 14% from 2015-2018. Companies are increasingly looking to BPM service providers to provide a suite of analytics services including statistical tools, models and techniques to clean, organize and examine structured and unstructured corporate data. This data is then used by companies to generate specific business-related analysis and insights into their business and prospects. The enhanced generation of business data across multiple formats, substantial reduction in data storage costs, growing enterprise demand for data-driven and real-time decision making and availability of sophisticated analytics tools have enabled companies to overcome a local shortage of specialized analytics talent and benefit from global labor markets. BPM service providers who can develop industry-specific analytics expertise are especially well poised to benefit from this global trend. We believe the demand for Analytics solutions in many of our key verticals including banking and financial services, insurance and healthcare is growing strongly and will continue to do so for the next several years. According to NASSCOM, Analytics services outsourcing growth is expected to be 14.3% from a $42 billion market in 2012 to $71 billion in 2016. India has emerged as a leading delivery location for analytics, driven by a large quantitatively-trained workforce and attractive cost efficiencies, as compared to other locations. Sales and Marketing and Client Management We market our services to our existing and prospective clients through our sales and client management teams, which are aligned by industry verticals and cross-industry domains such as finance and accounting. Our sales and client management teams operate from the U.S. and Europe and are supported by our business development team. Our sales, marketing and business development teams are responsible for new client acquisitions, public relations, relations with outsourcing advisory companies, analyst relations and rankings, lead generation, knowledge management, content development, campaign management, digital/Web presence, brand awareness and participation in industry forums and conferences. As of December 31, 2014, we employed over 100 sales, marketing, business development and client management professionals with the majority of them based in either the U.S. or Europe. Each professional has significant experience in business process solutions, technology, operations, analytics and business transformation. The sales cycle varies depending on the type of service, generally ranging from six months to eighteen months for our Operations Management solutions and shorter time frames for our Analytics and Business Transformation services. 13 Table of Contents Clients EXL generated revenues from over 600 clients (including clients acquired as part of the Overland and Blue Slate acquisitions) and 280 clients in 2014 and 2013, respectively. Our top three, five and ten clients generated 22%, 32% and 50% of our revenues respectively in 2014. Our top three, five and ten clients generated 25%, 37% and 58% of our revenues respectively in 2013. While we have reduced our revenue concentration with our top clients and are developing relationships with new clients to diversify our client base, we believe that the loss of any of our ten largest clients could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—we have a limited number of clients and provide services to a few industries.” Our long-term relationships with our clients typically evolve from providing a single, discrete solution or process into providing a series of complex, integrated processes across multiple business lines. For Operations Management services, we enter into long-term agreements with our clients with typical initial terms of between three and eight years. Agreements for Analytics and Business Transformation services generally have shorter initial terms, which are typically between one to three years for Analytics engagements and shorter-term fixed price engagements for consulting engagements. Each agreement is individually negotiated with the client. Competition Competition in the BPM services industry is intense and growing. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We face significant competition from U.S.-based and non-U.S.-based BPM and information technology (“IT”) companies and from our clients, who may build shared services centers to perform these services themselves, either in-house, in the U.S. or through offshore groups or other arrangements.” Many companies, including certain of our clients, choose to perform some or all of their customer service, collections and back-office processes internally. Their employees provide these services as part of their regular business operations. Some companies have moved portions of their in-house customer management functions offshore, including to offshore affiliates. We believe our key advantage over in-house business processes is that we give companies the opportunity to focus on their core products and services while we focus on service delivery and operational excellence. We compete primarily against: We compete against these entities by working to establish ourselves as a service provider with deep industry expertise, strong client relationships, leading industry talent, superior operational and process capabilities, differentiated BPaaS solutions, and sophisticated analytic and business transformation capabilities, which enables us to respond rapidly to market trends and the evolving needs of our clients. Intellectual Property Our principal intellectual property consists of trademarks, pending trademark applications, one patent and several filed patent applications, copyrighted software and other materials, trade secrets, proprietary and licensed platforms and the know-how of our management and employees. We have several trademarks and logos registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and certain foreign jurisdictions. We also consider the availability of patent protection for certain proprietary technology, and have filed certain patent applications. 14 • BPM service companies with delivery capability in offshore locations, particularly India, such as Genpact Limited and WNS (Holdings) Limited; • BPM divisions of large global IT service companies, such as Accenture, Cognizant Technology Solutions, Tata Consultancy Services and Infosys; • Niche providers that provide services in a specific geographic market, industry or service area such as analytics and healthcare; and • Leading accounting and management consulting firms. Table of Contents We consider our business processes and implementation methodologies to be trade secrets or confidential, proprietary information that includes trade secrets that are important to our business. Clients and business partners sign nondisclosure agreements requiring confidential treatment of our information. Our employees are also required to sign intellectual property assignments and confidentiality undertakings as a condition to their employment. In addition to our own proprietary and licensed software, tools and methodologies, we often use software licensed by our clients and available on their systems and third-party software platforms to provide our services. We customarily enter into licensing and nondisclosure agreements with our clients and third parties with respect to the use of their software systems and platforms. Clients typically obtain consents for us to access and use third-party software licenses held by the client so that we may provide our services. Our contracts usually specify that EXL will use or develop proprietary tools during a client engagement that will be owned by EXL, or may provide that intellectual property created during an engagement for a client will be considered to be work product that is owned by the client or otherwise assigned to that client. Information Security and Data Privacy We have a strong focus on information security, data privacy and the protection of our clients’ and their customers’ confidential information. We have made significant investments to strengthen our information security posture and protocols to ensure compliance with the established confidentiality policies and the laws and regulations governing our activities. These investments involve ensuring we have the appropriate people, processes and technology in place to protect information throughout its life cycle. We seek to protect our clients’ information and adhere to information security and data privacy standards. In 2014, EXL received an award for excellence in information security by industry association NASSCOM and the Data Security Council of India (“DSCI”). This award recognized EXL as an “industry leader” in the BPM category for our industry-first initiatives in information security. According to the needs of our clients as well as the regulatory requirements of the geographies in which we operate, most of our delivery centers are certified in regard to quality, information security and employee safety, such as the ISO 9001:2008 standard for quality management system, the ISO 27001:2013 standard for our information security management system and the OHSAS 18001:2007 standard for our occupational health and safety management system. Some of our centers in the Philippines and certain client processes in other operation centers in India are certified as compliant with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard 3. We have received an unqualified SSAE 16 (SOC I—Type II) report on general controls for several delivery centers and certain client operations processes. EXL offers managed hosting environments for our BPaaS solutions in the insurance and healthcare verticals. Clients who adopt our BPaaS solutions on a managed hosted basis are offered a highly reliable, scalable, and secure hosting environment. The technology applications are hosted in ISO 27001certified, SSAE16 SOC1 Compliant Tier 4 data centers that are proactively monitored and managed 24 hours a day to meet the client’s business requirements. We have a robust wide area network and international telecommunications capacity to support our global business operations. Our infrastructure is built to industry standards, leveraging leading technology providers and partners. Our business continuity management includes plans to mitigate and manage operational risks by building resilience and redundancy in our telecommunications and network infrastructure, applications and IT infrastructure, utilities and power, and trained talent across our service delivery locations. Operational Excellence, Process Compliance and Migrations We believe our reputation for operational excellence is widely recognized by our clients and is an important competitive advantage. We use Lean and Six Sigma, which are data-driven methodologies for eliminating defects 15 Table of Contents in any process, to identify process inefficiencies and improve productivity in client and support processes. We have an independent quality compliance team to monitor, analyze, provide feedback on and report process performance and compliance. In addition, we have a customer experience team to assess and improve end-customer experience for all processes. Currently, we have over 600 quality compliance analysts and customer experience analysts. For most of our operations processes, we report process performance on B-ProMPT TM , our proprietary web-based application. B-ProMPT TM includes process control capabilities such as digital dashboards for evaluating process management and performance at any level within an organization, including tracking the individual performance of agents, supervisors and other employees. B-ProMPT TM includes advanced analytics capacity to provide Six Sigma-based process analysis, including trend analysis, distribution analysis and correlation analysis and tracking. We combine in-depth knowledge of our core industry sectors with proven expertise in transitioning our clients’ business operations to our offshore and onshore delivery centers, and administering and managing such operations. We have successfully transferred approximately 1,200 processes covering a broad array of products and services to our operations centers, including approximately 130 new processes that were transitioned by EXL in 2014. We have developed proprietary digitally enabled migration platform that automates EXL’s migration methodology and capability. This proprietary migration platform leverages EXL’s vast experience in managing process migrations with industry-best practices and cutting-edge digital tools. The platform is agile, geography-agnostic, customizable and enhances control and auditability. Employees As of December 31, 2014, we had a headcount of approximately 22,800 employees, with approximately 17,200 employees based in India and approximately 3,400 employees in the Philippines. We have approximately 1,600 employees in the U.S, 100 employees in the U.K., and 500 employees in the Czech Republic, Bulgaria and Romania. None of our employees are unionized. We have never experienced any work stoppages and believe that we enjoy good employee relations. Hiring and Recruiting Our employees are critical to the success of our business. Accordingly, we focus on recruiting, training and retaining our professionals. We have developed effective strategies that enable an efficient recruitment process. We have approximately 100 employees dedicated to recruitment. Some of the strategies we have adopted to increase efficiency in our hiring practices include the utilization of online voice assessments and a centralized hiring center. Our hiring policies focus on identifying high quality employees who demonstrate a propensity for learning, contribution to client services and growth. Candidates must undergo numerous tests and interviews before we extend offers for employment. We also conduct background checks on candidates, including criminal background checks, where permitted and as required by clients or on a sample basis. In addition, where permitted and required for client services, we perform random drug testing on the workforce on a regular basis. In 2014, we hired approximately 7,700 new employees. We also have an employee referral program that provides us with a cost effective way of accessing qualified potential employees. We offer our employees competitive compensation packages that include incentive-based compensation and offer a variety of benefits that vary by facility, including free transport to and from home in certain circumstances, subsidized meals and free access to recreational facilities that are located within some of our operations centers. Our attrition rate for employees who had been with EXL for more than 180 days was 32.3% and 25.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As competition in our industry increases, our turnover rate could increase. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may fail to attract and retain enough sufficiently trained employees to support our operations, as competition for highly skilled personnel is intense and we experience significant employee turnover rates.” 16 Table of Contents Capability Development and Training We have a strong focus on the capability development and training of our employees. We have built up a world class global learning platform, which we believe acts as a crucial differentiator for us in the marketplace and amongst our employees. Our learning and development teams partner with business units and corporate functions to create an integrated talent development process focusing on skill development, the needs of our clients and industry certification. Our teams of training consultants seek to teach industry-leading capabilities to our employees help us serve our clients better. We provide customized solutions to different businesses based on geography, industry, domain and processes, in close collaboration with our clients. Our team also conducts mandatory legal and compliance related training globally for all of our employees. In 2014, we delivered approximately 75,000 man days of training which resulted in increased employee engagement, better retention and higher client satisfaction. Regulation Because of the diverse and highly complex nature of our service offerings, our operations are subject to a variety of rules, regulations and statutes. Several U.S. and foreign federal and state agencies regulate aspects of our business. In addition, our clients may contractually require that we comply with certain rules and regulations that are applicable to their specific industry. Failure to comply with any applicable laws and regulations could result in restrictions on our ability to provide our products and services, as well as the imposition of civil fines and criminal penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations. We are one of the few service providers that can provide third-party administrator insurance services from India and the Philippines, having been licensed or exempted from, or not subject to, licensing in 45 states and 16 states, respectively. Additionally, we are licensed or otherwise eligible to provide third-party administrator services in all states within the U.S. Certain of our debt collection, utilization review, workers compensation utilization review and telemarketing services require us to maintain licenses in various jurisdictions or require certain categories of our professionals to be individually licensed. Our facility in Manila, Philippines, is accredited by URAC (Utilization Review Accreditation Commission), a leading healthcare and education accreditation organization. We continue to obtain licenses required by our business operations. Our operations are also subject to compliance with a variety of other laws, including the U.S. federal and state regulations that apply to certain portions of our business such as the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the Health Information Technology for Economics and Clinical Health Act of 2009(“HITECH”), the Truth in Lending Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation rules and regulations. We must also comply with applicable regulations relating to health and other personal information that we process as part of our services. Additionally, our client contracts may specify other regulatory requirements we must meet in connection with the services we provide. We provide our employees with training for applicable laws and regulations. We benefit from tax relief provided by laws and regulations in India and the Philippines. Regulation of our business by the Indian government affects us in several ways. During the last five years, we either established or acquired new centers that are eligible for tax benefits under the Special Economic Zones Act, 2005 (the “SEZ Act”). The SEZ Act introduced a 15-year tax holiday scheme for operations established in designated special economic zones (“SEZs”). Under the SEZ Act, qualifying operations are eligible for a deduction from taxable income equal to (i) 100% of their export profits derived for the first five years from the commencement of operations; (ii) 50% of such export profits for the next five years; and (iii) 50% of the export profits for a further five years, subject to satisfying certain capital investment requirements. The SEZ Act provides, among other restrictions, that this holiday is not available to operations formed by splitting up or reconstructing existing operations or transferring existing plant and equipment (beyond a prescribed limit) to new SEZ locations. We anticipate establishing additional operations centers in SEZs or other tax advantaged locations in the future. See “Item 1A—Risk Factors—Risks 17 Table of Contents related to the International nature of our business—Our financial condition could be negatively affected if foreign governments introduces new legislation, reduce or withdraw tax benefits and other incentives currently provided to companies within our industry or if we are not eligible for these benefits.” We also benefit from a corporate tax holiday in the Philippines for our operations centers established there over the last six years. The company registered with the Philippines Economic Zone Authority (“PEZA”) and is, inter-alia, eligible for income tax exemption for four years. This exemption incentive may be extended in certain instances upon fulfillment of certain conditions. Following the expiry of the tax exemption, income generated from centers in Philippines will be taxed at the prevailing annual tax rate, which is currently 5% on the gross income. Available Information We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information about the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically through the EDGAR System. We also maintain a website at http://www.exlservice.com. Information on our website does not constitute a part of, nor is it incorporated in any way, into this Form 10-K. We make available, free of charge, on our website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, proxy statements, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. 18 Table of Contents Risks Related to Our Business We have a limited number of clients and provide services to a few industries. We have derived and believe that we will continue to derive a substantial portion of our total revenues from a limited number of large clients. In 2014, our ten largest clients accounted for approximately 50% of our total revenues. We expect that a significant portion of our total revenues will continue to be contributed by a limited number of large clients in the near future. The loss of or financial difficulties at any of our large clients could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Moreover, the loss of a major customer could also impact our reputation in the market, making it more difficult to attract and retain customers more generally. On November 1, 2013, we received a notice of termination from the Travelers Indemnity Company (“Travelers”) under a Professional Services Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2006, between us and Travelers (as amended from time to time, the “Services Agreement”). Travelers represented a significant amount of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. There was a reduction in 2014 revenues due to certain services being transitioned away from us throughout 2014 and due to our reimbursement to Travelers for certain of their expenses incurred in connection with the termination (the “disentanglement costs”). If the disentanglement between us and Travelers is not completed in a manner that is satisfactory to both parties, it could further increase our expenses and revenue loss due to the termination, thereby negatively impacting our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Our results of operations could be adversely affected by economic and political conditions and the effects of these conditions on our clients’ businesses and levels of business activity. Global economic and political conditions affect our clients’ businesses and the markets they serve. The domestic and international capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for the past several years, resulting in uncertainty in the financial markets in general, which includes companies in the banking, financial services and insurance industries to which we provide services. Although there has been recent improvement in general economic conditions in these industries, there can be no assurance that the economic environment will continue to improve. Our business largely depends on continued demand for our services from clients and potential clients in these industries. Adverse developments in these industries or any other select industries to which we provide services could further unfavorably affect our business. In particular, we currently derive, and are likely to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues from clients located in the U.S. Any future decreases in the general level of economic activity, such as decreases in business and consumer spending, could result in a decrease in demand for our services, particularly our analytics and business transformation services, thus reducing our revenues. Continued high unemployment rates in the U.S. could also adversely affect the demand for our services. Other developments in response to economic events, such as consolidations, restructurings or reorganizations, particularly involving our clients, could also cause the demand for our services to decline. Any future disruptions in the commercial credit markets may impact liquidity in the global credit market as greatly, or even more, than in recent years, and we may not be able to predict the impact such worsening conditions will have on our targeted industries in general, and our results of operations specifically. Future turbulence in global markets and economies may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, and the liquidity and financial condition of our clients. Market disruptions may limit our ability to access financing or increase our cost of financing to meet liquidity needs, and affect the ability of our customers to use credit to purchase our services or to make timely payments to us, resulting in adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations. Changes in global economic conditions could also shift demand to services for which we do not have competitive advantages, and this could negatively affect the amount of business that we are able to obtain. 19 ITEM 1A. Risk Factors Table of Contents Our client contracts contain certain termination and other provisions that could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Most of our client contracts may be terminated by our clients without cause and do not commit our clients to provide us with a specific volume of business. Any failure to meet a client’s expectations could result in a cancellation or non-renewal of a contract or a decrease in business provided to us. We may not be able to replace any client that elects to terminate or not renew its contract with us, which would reduce our revenues. The loss of or financial difficulties at any of our large clients would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. A number of our contracts allow the client, in certain limited circumstances, to request a benchmark study comparing our pricing and performance with that of an agreed list of other service providers for comparable services. Based on the results of the study and depending on the reasons for any unfavorable variance, we may be required to make improvements in the services we provide or reduce the pricing for services on a prospective basis to be performed under the remaining term of the contract or our client could elect to terminate the contract, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Many of our contracts contain provisions that would require us to pay penalties to our clients and/or provide our clients with the right to terminate the contract if we do not meet pre-agreed service level requirements or if we do not provide certain productivity benefits. Failure to meet these requirements or accurately estimate the productivity benefits could result in the payment of significant penalties by us to our clients which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Some of our contracts with clients specify that if a change of control of our company occurs during the term of the contract, the client has the right to terminate the contract. These provisions may result in our contracts being terminated if there is such a change in control, resulting in a potential loss of revenues. In addition, these provisions may act as a deterrent to any attempt by a third party to acquire our company. We may fail to attract and retain enough sufficiently trained employees to support our operations, as competition for highly skilled personnel is intense and we experience significant employee turnover rates. Our industry is labor intensive and our success depends to a significant extent on our ability to attract, hire, train and retain qualified employees, including our ability to attract employees with needed skills in the geographic areas in which we operate. The industry, including us, experiences high employee turnover. Our turnover rate for employees with EXL for more than 180 days was 32.3% and 25.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. There is significant competition for professionals with skills necessary to perform the services we offer to our clients. Increased competition for these professionals could have an adverse effect on us. A significant increase in the turnover rate among our employees, particularly among our higher skilled workforce, would increase our recruiting and training costs and decrease our operating efficiency, productivity and profit margins, and could lead to a decline in demand for our services. High turnover rates generally do not impact our revenues as we factor the attrition rate into our pricing models by maintaining additional employees for each process. However, high turnover rates do increase our cost of revenues and therefore impact our profit margins due to higher recruitment, training and retention costs. High employee turnover increases training, recruitment and retention costs because we must maintain larger hiring, training and human resources departments and it also increases our operating costs due to having to reallocate certain business processes among our operations centers where we have access to the skilled workforce needed for our business. These additional costs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. In addition, our ability to maintain and renew existing engagements and obtain new business will depend, in large part, on our ability to attract, train and retain personnel with skills that keep pace with the demand for outsourcing, evolving industry standards and changing client preferences. A lack of sufficiently qualified personnel could also inhibit our ability to establish operations in new markets and our efforts to expand geographically. Our failure to attract, train and retain personnel with the qualifications necessary to fulfill the needs of our existing and future clients or to assimilate new employees successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 20 Table of Contents We have a long selling cycle for our operations management services that requires significant funds and management resources and a long implementation cycle that requires significant resource commitments. We have a long selling cycle for our operations management services, which requires significant investment of capital, resources and time by both our clients and us. Before committing to use our services, potential clients require us to expend substantial time and resources educating them as to the value of our services, including testing our services for a limited period of time, and assessing the feasibility of integrating our systems and processes with theirs. Our clients then evaluate our services before deciding whether to use them. Therefore, our selling cycle, which generally ranges from six to eighteen months, is subject to many risks and delays over which we have little or no control, including our clients’ decision to choose alternatives to our services (such as other providers or in-house offshore resources) and the timing of our clients’ budget cycles and approval processes. In addition, we may not be able to successfully conclude a contract after the selling cycle is complete. Implementing our services involves a significant commitment of resources over an extended period of time from both our clients and us. Our clients may also experience delays in obtaining internal approvals or delays associated with technology or system implementations, thereby delaying further the implementation process. Our clients and future clients may not be willing or able to invest the time and resources necessary to implement our services, and we may fail to close sales with potential clients to which we have devoted significant time and resources. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Once we are engaged by a client, it may take us several months before we start to recognize significant revenues. When we are engaged by a client after the selling process for our operations management services, it takes from four to six weeks to integrate the client’s systems with ours, and up to three months thereafter to build up our services to the client’s requirements and perform any necessary transformative initiatives. Depending on the complexity of the processes being implemented, these time periods may be significantly longer. Implementing processes can be subject to potential delays similar to certain of those affecting the selling cycle. Therefore, we do not recognize significant revenues until after we have completed the implementation phase. We typically enter into long-term contracts with our clients, and our failure to accurately estimate the resources and time required for our contracts may negatively affect our profitability. The initial terms of our operations management contracts typically range from three to five years. In many of our operations management contracts we commit to long-term pricing with our clients and therefore bear the risk of cost overruns, completion delays, wage inflation and adverse movements in exchange rates in connection with these contracts. If we fail to estimate accurately the resources and time required for a contract, future wage inflation rates or currency exchange rates (or fail to accurately hedge our currency exchange rate exposure) or if we fail to complete our contractual obligations within the contracted timeframe, our revenues and profitability may be negatively affected. Consistency in our revenues from period to period depends in part on our ability to reflect the changing demands and needs of our existing and potential clients. If we are unable to adjust our pricing terms or the mix of products and services we provide to meet the changing demands of our clients and potential clients, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. A significant portion of our contracts use a pricing model that provides for hourly or annual billing rates. Industry pricing models are evolving, however, and we anticipate that clients may increasingly request transaction-based, outcome-based or other pricing models. If we are unable to obtain operating efficiencies or if we make inaccurate assumptions for contacts with transaction-based pricing, our profitability may be negatively affected. If we are unable to adapt our operations to evolving pricing protocols, our results of operations may be adversely affected or we may not be able to offer pricing that is attractive relative to our competitors. 21 Table of Contents In addition, the services we provide to our clients and the revenues and income from those services may decline or vary as the type and quantity of services we provide under those contracts changes over time, including as a result of a shift in the mix of products and services we provide. Furthermore, our clients, some of which have experienced significant and adverse changes in their prospects, substantial price competition and pressures on their profitability, have in the past and may in the future demand price reductions, automate some or all of their processes or change their operations management strategy by moving more work in-house or to other providers, any of which could reduce our profitability. Any significant reduction in or the elimination of the use of the services we provide to any of our clients, or any requirement to lower our prices, would harm our business. Our profitability will suffer if we are not able to appropriately price our services or manage our asset utilization levels. Our profitability is largely a function of the efficiency with which we utilize our assets, in particular our people and our operations centers, and the pricing that we are able to obtain for our services. Our asset utilization levels are affected by a number of factors, including our ability to transition employees from completed projects to new assignments, attract, train and retain employees, forecast demand for our services and maintain an appropriate headcount in each of our locations, as well as our need to dedicate resources to employee training and development and other typically non-chargeable activities. The prices we are able to charge for our services are affected by a number of factors, including our clients’ perceptions of our ability to add value through our services, substantial price competition, introduction of new services or products by us or our competitors, our ability to accurately estimate, attain and sustain revenues from client engagements, our ability to estimate resources for long-term pricing, margins and cash flows for long-term contracts and general economic and political conditions. Therefore, if we are unable to appropriately price our services or manage our asset utilization levels, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our analytics and business transformation services are cyclical and based on specific projects involving short-term contracts. Our analytics and business transformation services, such as our analytics, finance transformation and operations and consulting services, are cyclical and can be significantly affected by variations in business cycles. Changes in the deadlines or the scope of work required for compliance with the requirements of legislation applicable to our clients could have a significant impact on certain service offerings of our analytics and business transformation services business. In addition, a significant portion of our analytics and business transformation services consist of specific projects with contract terms generally not exceeding one year and may not produce ongoing or recurring business for us once the project is completed. These contracts also usually contain provisions permitting termination of the contract after a short notice period. The short-term nature and specificity of these projects could lead to material fluctuations and uncertainties in the revenues generated from providing analytics and business transformation services. Our operating results may experience significant variability and as a result it may be difficult for us to make accurate financial forecasts. Our operating results may vary significantly from period to period. Although our existing agreements with original terms of three or more years provide us with a relatively predictable revenue base for a substantial portion of our business, the long selling cycle for our services and the budget and approval processes of prospective clients make it difficult to predict the timing of entering into definitive agreements with new clients. The timing of revenue recognition under new client agreements also varies depending on when we complete the implementation phase with new clients. The completion of implementation varies significantly based upon the complexity of the processes being implemented. 22 Table of Contents Our period-to-period results have in the past and may also in the future fluctuate due to other factors, including client losses, delays or failure by our clients to provide anticipated business, variations in employee utilization rates resulting from changes in our clients’ operations, delays or difficulties in expanding our operations centers and infrastructure (including hiring new employees or constructing new operations centers), changes to our pricing structure or that of our competitors, currency fluctuations, seasonal changes in the operations of our clients and other events identified in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our revenues are also affected by changes in pricing under our contracts at the time of renewal or by pricing under new contracts. In addition, most of our contracts do not commit our clients to provide us with a specific volume of business. Further, as we increase our capabilities utilizing technology service platforms and other software-based services, we expect that revenues from such services will continue to grow in proportion to our total revenues. Revenues from annual maintenance and support contracts for our software platforms provide us with a relatively predictable revenue base whereas revenues from new license sales and implementation projects have a long selling cycle and it is difficult to predict the timing of when such new contracts will be signed which may lead to fluctuations in our short term revenues. All these factors may make it difficult to make accurate financial forecasts or replace anticipated revenues that we do not receive as a result of delays in implementing our services or client losses. If our actual results do not meet any estimated results that we announce, or if we underperform market expectations as a result of such factors, trading prices for our common stock could be adversely affected. Our senior management team is critical to our continued success and the loss of one or more members of our senior management team could harm our business. Our future success substantially depends on the continued services and performance of the members of our management team and other key employees possessing technical and business capabilities, including industry expertise, that are difficult to replace. Specifically, the loss of the services of Rohit Kapoor, our Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, could seriously impair our ability to continue to manage and expand our business. There is intense competition for experienced senior management and personnel with technical and industry expertise in the industry in which we operate, and we may not be able to retain these officers or key employees. Although we have entered into employment and non-competition agreements with all of our executive officers, certain terms of those agreements may not be enforceable and in any event these agreements do not ensure the continued service of these executive officers. In addition, we currently do not maintain “key person” insurance covering any member of our management team. The loss of any of our key employees, particularly to competitors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Our inability to effectively manage our rapid infrastructure and personnel growth could have a material adverse effect on our operations, results of operations and financial condition. Since we were founded in April 1999, we have experienced rapid growth and significantly expanded our operations. We have nineteen operations centers in India, six operations centers in the U.S., five operations centers in the Philippines and one operations center in each of Bulgaria, Romania, and the Czech Republic. Further, we acquired multiple regional offices as part of over Overland and Blue Slate acquisitions during the year 2014. Our headcount has increased from approximately 1,800 on December 31, 2002 to approximately 22,800 on December 31, 2014. We expect to develop and improve our internal systems in the locations where we operate in order to address the anticipated continued growth of our business. We are also continuing to look for operations centers at additional locations outside of our current operating geographies. We believe expanding our geographic base of operations will provide higher value to our clients by decreasing the risks of operating from a single country (including potential shortages of skilled employees, increases in wage costs during strong economic times and currency fluctuations), while also giving our clients access to a wider talent pool and establishing a base in countries that may be competitive in the future. However, we may not be able to effectively manage our infrastructure and employee expansion, open additional operations centers or hire additional skilled employees as and when they are required to meet the ongoing needs of our clients, and we may not be able to 23 Table of Contents develop and improve our internal systems. We also need to manage cultural differences between our employee populations and that may create a risk for employment law claims. Our inability to execute our growth strategy, to ensure the continued adequacy of our current systems or to manage our expansion effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. We may engage in strategic acquisitions or transactions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. As part of our business strategy, we intend to continue to selectively consider acquisitions or investments, some of which may be material. Through the acquisitions we pursue, we may seek opportunities to expand the scope of our existing services, add new clients or enter new geographic markets. We have completed nine acquisitions since our inception in April 1999. There can be no assurance that we will successfully identify suitable candidates in the future for strategic transactions at acceptable prices, have sufficient capital resources to finance potential acquisitions or be able to consummate any desired transactions. Our failure to close transactions with potential acquisition targets for which we have invested significant time and resources could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and cash flows. Acquisitions, including completed acquisitions, involve a number of risks, including diversion of management’s attention, ability to finance the acquisition on attractive terms, failure to retain key personnel or valuable customers, legal liabilities and the need to amortize acquired intangible assets, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Future acquisitions may also result in the incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance of additional equity securities. The intellectual property of an acquired business may be an important component of the value that we agree to pay for such a business. However, such acquisitions are subject to the risks that the acquired business may not own the intellectual property that we believe we are acquiring, that the intellectual property is dependent upon licenses from third parties, that the acquired business infringes upon the intellectual property rights of others or that the technology does not have the acceptance in the marketplace that we anticipated. We could also experience financial or other setbacks if transactions encounter unanticipated problems, including problems related to execution, integration or underperformance relative to prior expectations. Our management may not be able to successfully integrate any acquired business into our operations or maintain our standards, controls and policies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Consequently, any acquisition we do complete may not result in long-term benefits to us. Following the completion of an acquisition, we may have to rely on the seller to provide administrative and other support, including financial reporting and internal controls, and other transition services to the acquired business for a period of time. There can be no assurance that the seller will do so in a manner that is acceptable to us. We may not be able to realize the entire book value of goodwill and other intangible assets from acquisitions. As of December 31, 2014, we had $139.6 million of goodwill and $47.0 million of intangible assets. We periodically assess these assets to determine if they are impaired and we monitor for impairment of goodwill relating to all acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least once on an annual basis as of October 1 of each year, based on a number of factors including operating results, business plans and future cash flows. Impairment testing of goodwill may also be performed between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of goodwill below its carrying amount. We perform an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Based on the results of the qualitative assessment, we perform the quantitative assessment of goodwill impairment if we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting 24 Table of Contents unit is less than its carrying amount. In the event that the book value of goodwill is impaired, any such impairment would be charged to earnings in the period of impairment. We cannot assure you that future impairment of goodwill will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to collect our receivables from, or bill our unbilled services to, our clients, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. Our business depends on our ability to successfully obtain payment from our clients for work performed. We evaluate the financial condition of our clients and usually bill and collect on relatively short cycles. We maintain allowances against receivables and unbilled services. Actual losses on client balances could differ from those that we currently anticipate and, as a result, we might need to adjust our allowances. There is no assurance that we will accurately assess the creditworthiness of our clients. Macroeconomic conditions, such as the credit crisis that began in 2008 and the related turmoil in the global financial system, could also result in financial difficulties for our clients, including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency or bankruptcy, and, as a result, could cause clients to delay payments to us, request modifications to their payment arrangements that could increase our receivables balance, or default on their payment obligations to us. Timely collection of client balances also depends on our ability to complete our contractual commitments and bill and collect our contracted revenues. If we are unable to meet our contractual requirements, we might experience delays in collection of and/or be unable to collect our client balances, and if this occurs, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. In addition, if we experience an increase in the time to bill and collect for our services, our cash flows could be adversely affected. Employee wage increases may prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage and may reduce our profit margin. Our most significant costs are the salaries and related benefits of our operations staff and other employees. For example, wage costs in India have historically been significantly lower than wage costs in the U.S. and Europe for comparably skilled professionals, which has been one of our competitive advantages. However, because of rapid economic growth in India, increased demand for outsourcing services from India and increased competition for skilled employees in India, wages for comparably skilled employees in India are increasing at a faster rate than in the U.S. and Europe, which may reduce this competitive advantage. We may need to increase the levels of employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive in attracting and retaining the quality and number of employees that our business requires. Wages are generally higher for employees performing analytics and business transformation services than for employees performing operations management services. As the scale of our analytics and business transformation services increases, wages as a percentage of revenues will likely increase. To the extent that we are not able to control or share wage increases with our clients, wage increases may reduce our margins. We will attempt to control such costs by our efforts to add capacity in locations where we consider wage levels of skilled personnel to be satisfactory, but we may not be successful in doing so. We face significant competition from U.S.-based and non-U.S.-based BPM and IT companies and from our clients, who may build shared services centers to perform these services themselves, either in-house, in the U.S. or through offshore groups or other arrangements. The market for outsourcing services is highly competitive, and we expect competition to intensify and increase from a number of sources. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our markets are breadth and depth of process expertise, knowledge of industries served, service quality, the ability to attract, train and retain qualified people, compliance rigor, global delivery capabilities, price and sales and client management capabilities. We also face competition from non-U.S.-based outsourcing and IT companies (including those in the U.K. and India) and U.S.-based outsourcing and IT companies. Further, a client may choose to use its own internal resources rather than engage an outside firm to perform the types of services we provide. In addition, the trend toward offshore outsourcing, international expansion by foreign and domestic competitors and continuing 25 Table of Contents technological changes, such as cloud computing, will result in new and different competition for our services. These competitors may include entrants from the communications, software and data networking industries or entrants in geographic locations with lower costs than those in which we operate. Some of these existing and future competitors have greater financial, personnel and other resources, a broader range of service offerings, greater technological expertise, more recognizable brand names and more established relationships in industries that we currently serve or may serve in the future. In addition, some of our competitors may enter into strategic or commercial relationships among themselves or with larger, more established companies in order to increase their ability to address client needs, or enter into similar arrangements with potential clients. The trend in multi-vendor relationships has been growing, which could reduce our revenues to the extent that we are required to modify the terms of our relationship with clients or that clients obtain services from other vendors. Increased competition, our inability to compete successfully against competitors, pricing pressures or loss of market share could result in reduced operating margins, which could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. We expect competition to intensify in the future as more companies enter our markets. Increased competition may result in lower prices and volumes, higher costs for resources, especially people, and lower profitability. We may not be able to supply clients with services that they deem superior and at competitive prices and we may lose business to our competitors. Any inability to compete effectively would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We may disrupt our clients’ operations as a result of inadequate service or other factors, including telecommunications or technology downtime or interruptions. The services we provide are often critical to our clients’ businesses, and any failure to provide those services could result in a reduction in revenues or a claim for substantial damages against us, regardless of whether we are responsible for that failure. Most of our agreements with clients contain service level and performance requirements, including requirements relating to the quality of our services. Failure to consistently meet service requirements of a client or errors made by our employees in the course of delivering services to our clients could disrupt the client’s business and result in a reduction in revenues or a claim for damages against us. Additionally, we could incur certain liabilities if a process we manage for a client were to result in internal control failures or processing errors, or impair our client’s ability to comply with its own internal control requirements. Our dependence on our offshore operations centers requires us to maintain active voice and data communications among our operations centers, our international technology hubs and our clients’ offices. Although we maintain redundant facilities and communications links, disruptions could result from, among other things, technical breakdowns, computer glitches and viruses and weather conditions. We also depend on certain significant vendors for facility storage and related maintenance of our main technology equipment and data at those technology hubs. Any failure by these vendors to perform those services, any temporary or permanent loss of our equipment or systems, or any disruptions to basic infrastructure like power and telecommunications could impede our ability to provide services to our clients, have a negative impact on our reputation, cause us to lose clients, reduce our revenues and harm our business. Our contractual limitations on liability with our clients and third parties may not be enforceable. Under most of our agreements with our clients, our liability for breach of certain of our obligations is generally limited to actual damages suffered by the client and is typically capped at the fees paid or payable to us for a period of time under the relevant agreement. These limitations and caps on liability may be unenforceable or otherwise may not protect us from liability for damages. In addition, certain liabilities, such as claims of third parties for which we may be required to indemnify our clients, including intellectual property infringement claims, or liability for fraud or breaches of confidentiality, are generally not limited under those agreements. Because our agreements are governed by laws of multiple jurisdictions, the interpretation of certain provisions, and the availability of certain defenses to us, may vary, which, in certain circumstances, may contribute to uncertainty as to the scope of our potential liability. 26 Table of Contents Our business could be negatively affected if we incur legal liability, including with respect to our contractual obligations, in connection with providing our solutions and services. If we fail to meet our contractual obligations or otherwise breach obligations to our clients, we could be subject to legal liability. We may enter into non-standard agreements because we perceive an important economic opportunity by doing so or because our personnel did not adequately adhere to our guidelines. In addition, the contracting practices of our competitors may cause contract terms and conditions that are unfavorable to us to become standard in the marketplace. If we cannot or do not perform our obligations, we could face legal liability and our contracts might not always protect us adequately through limitations on the scope and/or amount of our potential liability. If we cannot, or do not, meet our contractual obligations to provide solutions and services, and if our exposure is not adequately limited through the enforceable terms of our agreements, we might face significant legal liability and our business could be adversely affected. Our business could be materially and adversely affected if we do not protect our intellectual property or if our services are found to infringe on the intellectual property of others. Our success depends in part on certain methodologies, practices, tools and technical expertise we utilize in providing our services. We engage in designing, developing, implementing and maintaining applications and other proprietary materials. In order to protect our rights in these various materials, we may seek protection under trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws. We also generally enter into confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements with our clients and potential clients, and third party vendors, and seek to limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information. For our employees and independent contractors, we generally require confidentiality and work-for-hire agreements. These measures may not prevent misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property or proprietary information and a resulting loss of competitive advantage. We submit from time to time patent applications for certain proprietary technology. We also have submitted and expect to continue to submit U.S. federal and foreign trademark applications for names and designations of our company and various business lines and service offerings. We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining patents or trademarks for which we have applied. We may be unable to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology effectively, which may allow competitors to duplicate our technology and products and may adversely affect our ability to compete with them. To the extent that we do not protect our intellectual property effectively through patents or other means, other parties, including former employees, with knowledge of our intellectual property may leave and seek to exploit our intellectual property for their own or others’ advantage. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use and take appropriate steps to enforce our rights, and any such steps may not be successful. Infringement by others of our intellectual property, including the costs of enforcing our intellectual property rights, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, competitors or others may allege that our systems, processes, marketing or technologies infringe on their intellectual property rights, including patents. Non-practicing entities also have been bringing patent infringement claims on a more frequent basis. We could be required to indemnify our clients if they are sued by a third party for intellectual property infringement arising from materials that we have provided to the clients in connection with our services and deliverables. We may not be successful in defending against any intellectual property claims or in obtaining licenses or an agreement to resolve any intellectual property disputes. Given the complex, rapidly changing and competitive technological and business environment in which we operate, and the potential risks and uncertainties of intellectual property-related litigation, we cannot provide assurances that a future assertion of an infringement claim against us or our clients will not cause us to alter our business practices, lose significant revenues, incur significant license, royalty or technology development expenses, or pay significant monetary damages. Any such claim for intellectual property infringement may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 27 Table of Contents New and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements add uncertainty to our compliance policies and increase our costs of compliance. Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, other SEC regulations, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the NASDAQ Global Select Market rules, are creating uncertainty for companies like ours. These laws, regulations and standards may lack specificity and are subject to varying interpretations. Their application in practice may evolve over time, as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions to such corporate governance standards. In particular, our efforts to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related regulations regarding our required assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting and our external auditors’ audit of that assessment requires the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources. We consistently assess the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting, remediate any control deficiencies that may be identified, and validate through testing that our controls are functioning as documented. While we do not anticipate any material weaknesses, if management or our independent auditor fail in the future to provide us with an unqualified report as to the adequacy and effectiveness, respectively, of our internal controls over financial reporting for future year ends, it could result in adverse consequences to us, including, but not limited to, a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could cause the market price of our stock to decline. We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, and our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards in this regard have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. In addition, the laws, regulations and standards regarding corporate governance may make it more difficult for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Further, our board members, chief executive officer and chief financial officer could face an increased risk of personal liability in connection with their performance of duties. As a result, we may face difficulties attracting and retaining qualified board members and executive officers, which could harm our business. If we fail to comply with new or changed laws, regulations or standards of corporate governance, our business and reputation may be harmed. We may not be fully insured for all losses we may incur. Although we attempt to limit and mitigate our liability for damages arising from negligent acts, errors or omissions through contractual provisions, limitations of liability set forth in our contracts may not be enforceable in all instances or may not otherwise protect us from liability for damages. In addition, certain liabilities, such as claims of third parties for which we may be required to indemnify our clients, are generally not limited under those agreements. We also could be sued directly for claims that could be significant, such as claims related to breaches of privacy or network security, infringement of intellectual property rights, violation of wage and hour laws, or systemic discrimination. Although we have general liability insurance coverage, including coverage for errors or omissions, property damage or loss and breaches of privacy and network security, that coverage may not continue to be available on reasonable terms or in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, and our insurers may disclaim coverage as to any future claim. Insurance is not available for certain types of claims, including patent infringement, violation of wage and hour laws, failure to provide equal pay in the U.S., and our indemnification obligations to our clients based on employment law. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that are excluded from our insurance coverage or exceed available insurance coverage, or changes in our insurance policies (including premium increases, the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, or our insurers’ disclaimer of coverage as to future claims), could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 28 Table of Contents We may increase the range of services that we provide to our clients and our business and future prospects are difficult to evaluate. We are exploring opportunities to provide services that we have not provided to date. Should we decide to expand our service offerings, our results of operations may be negatively affected during any transition or growth period before such offerings achieve profitability. For example, we may need to expand our training of our existing employees or recruit new, specially-trained employees to provide these services, which could increase our costs of revenues disproportionately to the revenues generated by such services. Other challenges we may face include the diversion of our management’s attention, attracting and retaining clients for such services, integrating any new services into our current suite of services and managing any resulting growth in our operations. Failure to adhere to the regulations that govern our business could have an adverse impact on our operations. Our clients’ business operations are often subject to regulation, and our clients may require that we perform our services in a manner that will enable them to comply with applicable regulations. Our clients are located around the world, and the laws and regulations that apply include, among others, United States federal laws such as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, state laws on third party administration services and utilization review services or state laws on debt collection in the United States and the Financial Services Act in the United Kingdom as well as similar consumer protection laws in other countries in which our clients’ customers are based. Failure to perform our services in a manner that complies with any such requirements could result in breaches of contracts with our clients. In addition, we are required under various laws to obtain and maintain permits and licenses for the conduct of our business in all jurisdictions in which we have operations, including India, and, in some cases, where our clients receive our services, including the United States and Europe. If we do not maintain our licenses or other qualifications to provide our services or if we do not adapt to changes in legislation or regulation, we may have to cease operations in the relevant jurisdictions and may not be able to provide services to existing clients or be able to attract new clients. In addition, we may be required to expend significant resources in order to comply with laws and regulations in the jurisdictions mentioned above. Any failure to abide by regulations relating either to our business or our clients’ businesses may also, in some limited circumstances, result in civil fines and criminal penalties for us. Any such ceasing of operations or civil or criminal actions may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We may face difficulties in delivering complex and large projects for our clients that could cause clients to discontinue their work with us, which in turn could harm our business. We are expanding the nature and scope of our engagements. Our ability to effectively offer a wider breadth of end-to-end business solutions depends on our ability to attract existing or new clients to these expanded service offerings. To obtain engagements for such complex and large projects, we also are more likely to compete with large, well-established international consulting firms, resulting in increased competition and marketing costs. Accordingly, we cannot be certain that our new service offerings will effectively meet client needs or that we will be able to attract existing and new clients to these expanded service offerings. The increased breadth of our service offerings may result in larger and more complex projects with our clients. This will require us to establish closer relationships with our clients and a thorough understanding of their operations. Our ability to establish such relationships will depend on a number of factors, including the proficiency of our employees and management. Our failure to deliver services that meet the requirements specified by our clients could result in termination of client contracts, and we could be liable to our clients for significant penalties or damages. Larger projects may involve multiple engagements or stages, and there is a risk that a client may choose not to retain us for additional stages or may cancel or delay additional planned engagements. These terminations, cancellations or delays may result from factors that have little or nothing to do with the quality of our services, such as the business or financial condition of our clients or the economy generally. Such cancellations or delays make it difficult to plan for project resource requirements and inaccuracies in such resource planning and allocation may have a negative impact on our profitability. 29 Table of Contents We may be unable to service our debt or obtain additional financing on competitive terms. Our credit agreement contains covenants which require, among other things, maintenance of certain financial ratios, indebtedness and also, under certain conditions, restrict our ability to pay dividends, repurchase common shares and make other restricted payments as defined in the credit agreement. The credit agreement provides for a $50 million revolving credit facility including a letter of credit sub-facility. We have an option to increase the commitments under the credit facility, subject to certain approvals and conditions as set forth in the credit agreement. Our credit facility has a maturity date of October 24, 2019 and is voluntarily prepayable from time to time without premium or penalty. Our cash flow from operations provides the primary source of funds for our debt service payments. If our cash flow from operations declines, we may be unable to service or refinance our current debt which could adversely affect our business and financial condition. In addition, we have limited ability to increase our borrowings under our existing credit agreement. We may in the future require additional financing to fund one or more acquisitions and may not be able to obtain such additional financing on competitive terms or at all, which could restrict our ability to complete such transactions. Risks Related to the International Nature of Our Business We may choose to expand operations to additional countries and may not be successful in maintaining our current profit margins in our new locations due to factors beyond our control. We are currently continuing to evaluate additional locations outside our current operating geographies in which to invest in operations centers. We cannot predict the extent of government support, availability of qualified workers, or monetary and economic conditions in other countries. Although some of these factors will influence our decision to establish operations in another country, there are inherent risks beyond our control, including exposure to currency fluctuations, political uncertainties, foreign exchange restrictions and foreign regulatory restrictions. One or more of these factors or other factors relating to expanded international operations could result in increased operating expenses and make it more difficult for us to manage our costs and operations, which could harm our business and negatively impact our operating results. If more stringent labor laws become applicable to us or if our employees unionize, our profitability may be adversely affected. India has stringent labor legislation that protects employee interests, including legislation that sets forth detailed procedures for dispute resolution and employee removal and legislation that imposes financial obligations on employers upon retrenchment. Though we are exempt from some of these labor laws at present under exceptions in some states for providers of IT-enabled services, there can be no assurance that such laws will not become applicable to us in the future. If these labor laws become applicable to our employees, it may become difficult for us to maintain flexible human resource policies and attract and employ the numbers of sufficiently qualified candidates that we need or discharge employees, and our compensation expenses may increase significantly. Regulations in other countries in which we operate also regulate our relations with our employees. In addition, our employees may in the future form unions. If employees at any of our operations centers become eligible for union membership, we may be required to raise wage levels or grant other benefits that could result in an increase in our compensation expenses, in which case our profitability may be adversely affected. The Government of India has recently focused on the occupational health and safety concerns experienced by workers in the outsourcing industry. The introduction of legislation imposing restrictions on working hours or conditions of professionals in the outsourcing industry could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 30 Table of Contents Our financial condition could be negatively affected if foreign governments introduces new legislation, reduce or withdraw tax benefits and other incentives currently provided to companies within our industry or if we are not eligible for these benefits. We are subject to income taxes in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions. Our tax expense and cash tax liability in the future could be adversely affected by various factors, including, but not limited to, changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles or interpretations and the potential adverse outcome of tax examinations. Changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, which may result from a decline in our profitability or changes in tax rates or legislation, could have a material adverse effect on our tax expense. Under the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, our operations centers in India, from which we derive a significant portion of our revenues, benefitted up to March 31, 2011, from a ten-year holiday from Indian corporate income taxes in respect of their export profits under the Software Technology Parks of India (“STPI”) Scheme. In the absence of this tax holiday, income derived from our Indian operations is taxed up to the maximum tax rate generally applicable to Indian enterprises, which, as of December 31, 2014, was 33.99%. During the last five years, we either established or acquired new centers that are eligible for tax benefits under the Special Economic Zones Act (the “SEZ Act”). The SEZ Act introduced a 15-year tax holiday scheme for operations established in designated special economic zones (“SEZs”). Under the SEZ Act, qualifying operations are eligible for a deduction from taxable income equal to (i) 100% of their export profits derived for the first five years from the commencement of operations; (ii) 50% of such export profits for the next five years; and (iii) 50% of the export profits for a further five years, subject to satisfying certain capital investment requirements. The SEZ Act provides, among other restrictions, that this holiday is not available to operations formed by splitting up or reconstructing existing operations or transferring existing plant and equipment (beyond a prescribed limit) to new SEZ locations. We anticipate establishing additional operations centers in SEZs or other tax advantaged locations in the future. As our SEZ legislation benefits are phasing out, our Indian tax expense may materially increase and our after-tax profitability may be materially reduced, unless we can obtain comparable benefits under new legislation or otherwise reduce our tax liability. Similarly, alternative minimum taxes are imposed by certain jurisdictions on otherwise exempt income, which may increase our tax expense in future years. We also benefit from a corporate tax holiday in the Philippines for our operations centers established there over the last six years. The tax holiday expired for one of our centers in 2014 and will expire over the next few years for the other centers, which may lead to an increase in our overall tax rate. Following the expiry of the tax exemption, income generated from centers in Philippines will be taxed at the prevailing annual tax rate, which is currently 5% on the gross income. As a result of the foregoing, our overall tax rate may increase over the next few years and such increase may be material and may have impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If the transfer pricing arrangements we have among our subsidiaries are determined to be inappropriate, our tax liability may increase. U.S. and Indian transfer pricing regulations, as well as regulations applicable in other countries in which we operate, require that any international transaction involving associated enterprises be at an arm’s-length price. Transactions among the Company’s subsidiaries and the Company may be required to satisfy such requirements. Accordingly, the Company determines the pricing among its associated enterprises on the basis of detailed functional and economic analysis involving benchmarking against transactions among entities that are not under common control. The tax authorities have jurisdiction to review this arrangement and in the event that they determine that the transfer price applied was not appropriate, the Company may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest and penalties, which would cause our tax expense to increase, possibly materially, 31 Table of Contents thereby reducing our profitability and cash flows. The Company is currently involved in disputes with the Indian tax authorities over the application of some of its transfer pricing policies for past years. Please see Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements for details. Introduction of tax legislation and disputes with tax authorities may have an adverse effect on our operations and our overall tax rate. Governments in countries in which we operate or provide services could enact new tax legislation, which could potentially have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our ability to repatriate surplus earnings from our operations centers in a tax-efficient manner is dependent upon interpretations of local laws, possible changes in such laws and the renegotiation of existing double tax avoidance treaties. Changes to any of these may adversely affect our overall tax rate, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, if a tax authority in any jurisdiction reviews any of our tax returns and determines that the transfer prices and terms we have applied are not appropriate, or that other income of our affiliates should be taxed in that jurisdiction, we may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest and penalties, which would cause our tax expense to increase, possibly materially, thereby reducing our profitability and cash flows. The Company continues its legal entity rationalization project, which began in 2013, in order to simplify the global legal entity structure and remove redundancies and reduce compliance risks and costs associated with it. Furthermore, we also intend to optimize the tax and financial efficiencies of the group structure. As a result, we may carry out certain re-organizations under the tax laws of various jurisdictions in which we operate and take certain positions to qualify for tax neutrality for such internal re-organization. However, we cannot assure you that this project will be fully implemented or implemented in a manner satisfactory to the Company, or, if it is implemented, that there will not be any adverse actions brought by the tax authorities of certain jurisdictions if this re-organization is implemented. Our global operations expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal and regulatory requirements, and violations of these regulations could harm our business. Because we provide services to clients throughout the world, we are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal rules on matters as diverse as import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, sanctions, government affairs, internal and disclosure control obligations, data privacy and labor relations. Violations of these laws or regulations in the conduct of our business could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, prohibitions on doing business, damage to our reputation and other unintended consequences such as liability for monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, restrictions on our ability to process information and allegations by our clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Due to the varying degrees of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to protect our rights. Our failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. It may be difficult to enforce these intellectual property rights both within and outside of the U.S. India is a member of the Berne Convention, an international intellectual property treaty, and has agreed to recognize protections on intellectual property rights conferred under the laws of other foreign countries, including the laws of the U.S. There can be no assurance, however, that the laws, rules, regulations and treaties in effect in the U.S., India and the other jurisdictions in which we operate and the contractual and other protective measures we take, are adequate to protect us from misappropriation or unauthorized use of our intellectual property, or that such laws will not change. Among other anti-corruption laws and regulations, including the U.K. Bribery Act, we are subject to the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, which prohibits improper payments or offers of improper payments to foreign officials to obtain business or any other benefit. The FCPA also requires covered companies 32 Table of Contents to make and keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of the company and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. In many parts of the world, including countries in which we operate, practices in the local business community might not conform to international business standards and could violate these anti-corruption laws or regulations. Although we have policies and procedures in place that are designed to promote legal and regulatory compliance, our employees, subcontractors and agents could take actions that violate these policies or procedures or applicable anti-corruption laws or regulations. Furthermore, the U.S. government may seek to hold us liable for successor liability FCPA violations committed by companies in which we invest or that we acquire. Violations of these laws or regulations could subject us to criminal or civil enforcement actions, including fines and suspension or disqualification from government contracting or contracting with private entities in certain highly regulated industries, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Currency exchange rate fluctuations in the various currencies in which we do business, especially the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. A substantial portion of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars (73.9% in 2014) or U.K. pounds sterling (20.4% in 2014). A substantial portion of our expenses are incurred and paid in Indian rupees and Philippine peso (46.5% and 11.7% in 2014, respectively). We report our financial results in U.S. dollars. The exchange rates among the Indian rupee and other currencies in which we incur costs or receive revenues and the U.S. dollar have changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. See Item 7A—“Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.” Additionally, because a majority of our employees are based in India and the Philippines and paid in Indian rupees or Philippine peso while our revenues are primarily reported in U.S. dollars and U.K. pounds sterling, our employee costs as a percentage of revenues may increase or decrease significantly if the exchange rates among the Indian rupee, Philippine peso and the U.S. dollar fluctuate significantly. Our results of operations could be adversely affected over time by certain movements in exchange rates, particularly if the Indian rupee or other currencies in which we incur expenses or receive revenues, appreciate against the U.S. dollar. Although we take steps to hedge a substantial portion of our Indian rupee/U.S. dollar, U.K pounds sterling/U.S. dollar and Philippine peso/U.S. dollar foreign currency exposures, there is no assurance that our hedging strategy will be successful or that the hedging markets will have sufficient liquidity or depth to allow us to implement our hedging strategy in a cost-effective manner. Any failure by our hedging counterparties to meet their contractual obligations could materially and adversely affect our profitability. We are subject to legal restrictions on hedging activities as well as the convertibility of currencies in India. This could limit our ability to use cash generated in one country in another country and could limit our ability to hedge our exposures. Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence involving India, the Philippines, the U.S. or other countries could adversely affect the financial markets, result in a loss of client confidence and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war, including those involving India, the Philippines, the U.S. or other countries, may adversely affect worldwide financial markets and could potentially lead to economic recession, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. These events could adversely affect our clients’ levels of business activity and precipitate sudden significant changes in regional and global economic conditions and cycles. These events also pose significant risks to our people and to our operations centers. South Asia has, from time to time, experienced instances of civil unrest and hostilities among neighboring countries, including Bangladesh, Pakistan and China. In recent years there have been several instances of military confrontations along the Indo-Pakistani border. There continues to be potential for hostilities between India and Pakistan due to recent terrorist activities and the geopolitical climate along the border. Although this has not been the case to date, such political tensions could create a perception that there is a risk of disruption of services provided by companies with operations in India, which could have a material adverse effect on the market for our services. Furthermore, if India were to become engaged in armed hostilities, 33 Table of Contents particularly hostilities that were protracted or involved the threat or use of nuclear weapons, we might not be able to continue our operations in India. Our insurance policies may not insure us against losses and interruptions caused by terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war. We may face difficulties as we expand our operations into countries in which we have no prior operating experience. We intend to continue to expand our global footprint in order to maintain an appropriate cost structure and meet our clients’ delivery needs. This may involve expanding into countries other than those in which we currently operate. It may involve expanding into less developed countries, which may have less political, social or economic stability and less developed infrastructure and legal systems. As we expand our business into new countries we may encounter regulatory, personnel, technological and other difficulties that increase our expenses or delay our ability to start up our operations or become profitable in such countries. This may affect our relationships with our clients and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. A substantial portion of our assets and operations are located in India, and we are subject to regulatory, economic and political uncertainties in India. Our principal operating subsidiaries are incorporated in India, and a majority of our assets and our professionals are located in India. We intend to continue to develop and expand our offshore facilities in India. In the early 1990s, India experienced significant inflation, low growth in gross domestic product and shortages of foreign currency reserves. The Indian government, however, has exercised and continues to exercise significant influence over many aspects of the Indian economy. India’s government has provided significant tax incentives and relaxed certain regulatory restrictions in order to encourage foreign investment in specified sectors of the economy, including our industry. Certain of those programs, which have benefited us, include tax holidays, liberalized import and export duties and preferential rules on foreign investment and repatriation. We cannot assure you that liberalization policies will continue. Various factors, such as changes in the current federal government, could trigger significant changes in India’s economic liberalization and deregulation policies and disrupt business and economic conditions in India generally and our business in particular. Any such actions could negatively impact our business. The choice of India as an outsourcing destination and our financial performance may be adversely affected by general economic conditions and economic and fiscal policy in India, including changes in exchange rates and controls, interest rates and taxation policies, as well as social stability and political, economic or diplomatic developments affecting India in the future. In particular, India has experienced significant economic growth over the last several years, but faces major challenges in sustaining that growth in the years ahead. These challenges include the need for substantial infrastructure development and improving access to healthcare and education. Our ability to recruit, train and retain qualified employees, develop and operate our operations centers, and attract and retain clients could be adversely affected if India does not successfully meet these challenges. Restrictions on entry visas may affect our ability to compete for and provide services to clients in the U.S., which could have a material adverse effect on future revenues. The vast majority of our employees are Indian nationals. The ability of some of our executives and employees to work with and meet our U.S. and European clients and our clients from other countries depends on their ability to obtain the necessary visas and entry permits. In response to terrorist attacks, the recent global economic downturn and public sentiments about the high unemployment rates in their respective economies, U.S. and European immigration authorities have increased the level of scrutiny in granting visas. Immigration laws in those countries may also require us to meet certain levels of compensation and comply with other legal requirements as a condition to obtaining or maintaining entry visas. These restrictions have increased the application fees for certain types of visas and have significantly lengthened the time requirements to obtain visas 34 Table of Contents for our personnel, which has in the past resulted, and may continue to result, in delays in the ability of our personnel to meet with our clients. In addition, immigration laws are subject to legislative change and varying standards of application and enforcement due to political forces, economic conditions or other events, including terrorist attacks. We cannot predict the political or economic events that could affect immigration laws or any restrictive impact those events could have on obtaining or monitoring entry visas for our professionals. If we are unable to obtain the necessary visas for personnel who need to get to our clients’ sites, or if the duration of such visas is shortened or if such visas are delayed, we may not be able to provide services to our clients or to continue to provide these services on a timely and cost effective basis, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. We are vulnerable to natural disasters, technical disruptions and man-made events that could severely disrupt the normal operation of our business and adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial condition. Our operations centers and our data and voice communications, particularly in India and the Philippines, may be damaged or disrupted as a result of natural disasters such as earthquakes, floods, heavy rains, epidemics, tsunamis and cyclones, technical disruptions such as electricity or infrastructure breakdowns, including damage to telecommunications cables, computer glitches and electronic viruses or man-made events such as protests, riots and labor unrest. Such events may lead to the disruption of information systems and telecommunication services for sustained periods. They also may make it difficult or impossible for employees to reach our business locations. Damage or destruction that interrupts our provision of services could adversely affect our reputation, our relationships with our clients, our leadership team’s ability to administer and supervise our business or it may cause us to incur substantial additional expenditure to repair or replace damaged equipment or delivery centers. We may also be liable to our clients for disruption in service resulting from such damage or destruction. While we currently have commercial liability insurance, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient. Furthermore, we may be unable to secure such insurance coverage at premiums acceptable to us in the future or at all. Prolonged disruption of our services would also entitle our clients to terminate their contracts with us. Any of the above factors may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Investors may have difficulty effecting service of process or enforcing judgments obtained in the U.S. against our subsidiaries in India or our executive officers. Our primary operating subsidiaries are organized outside the U.S. and a number of our executive officers reside outside of the U.S. A substantial portion of our assets are located in India. As a result, you may be unable to effect service of process upon our affiliates who reside in India outside their jurisdiction of residence. In addition, you may be unable to enforce against these persons outside the jurisdiction of their residence judgments obtained in courts of the U.S., including judgments predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the U.S. Sections 44A and Section 13 of the Indian Civil Procedure Code, 1908 (the “Civil Code”) govern recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. Section 44A of the Civil Code provides for recognition and enforcement of a foreign judgment without having to file an original suit in India, provided such judgments have been rendered by courts in a country or territory outside India which the Government of India has declared to be a reciprocating territory. We have been advised by our Indian counsel that the U.S. and India do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than certain arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the U.S. based on civil liability, whether or not it is predicated upon the federal securities laws of the U.S., would not be enforceable in India as such. However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a competent court in India based on a final judgment that has been obtained in the U.S., Section 13 of the Civil Code provides that the foreign judgment will be conclusive as to certain matters. The suit must be brought in India within three years of the date of the foreign judgment. It is unlikely, however, that a court in India would award damages on the 35 Table of Contents same basis as a court in the U.S. if an action is brought in India. It is also unlikely that an Indian court would enforce judgments obtained in the U.S. if it viewed the amount of damages awarded as excessive or inconsistent with Indian practice. Risks Related to our Common Stock Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain certain anti-takeover provisions that could delay or discourage business combinations and takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that may make it more difficult, expensive or otherwise discourage a tender offer or a change in control or takeover attempt by a third-party that is opposed by our board of directors. These provisions include classified board provisions, provisions permitting the board of directors to fill vacancies created by its expansion, provisions permitting the removal of directors only for cause and with a 66 2 ⁄ 3 % stockholder vote, provisions requiring a 66 2 ⁄ 3 % stockholder vote for certain amendments to our organizational documents, provisions barring stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders or requiring one to be called or from taking action by written consent and provisions that set forth advance notice procedures for stockholders’ nominations of directors and proposals for consideration at meetings of stockholders. These provisions may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in management that stockholders consider favorable. Additionally, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15.0% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, by-laws and Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts and reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future which could reduce the market price of our stock. We do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future, and, because we are also a holding company, we may be unable to pay dividends. For the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any earnings to finance the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition and results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, including restrictions under our credit agreement, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. Furthermore, because we are also a holding company, any dividend payments would also depend on the cash flow from our subsidiaries. Accordingly, under certain circumstances, we may not be able to pay dividends even if our board of directors would otherwise deem it appropriate. Our stock price continues to be volatile. Our stock has at times experienced substantial price volatility as a result of, among other reasons, variations between our actual and anticipated financial results, announcements by us and our competitors, projections or speculation about our business or that of our competitors by the media or investment analysts or uncertainty about current global economic conditions. The stock market, as a whole, experiences extreme price and volume fluctuations that affect the market price of many companies, including technology companies, in ways that may have been unrelated to these companies’ operating performance. Furthermore, we believe our stock price should reflect future growth and profitability expectations and, if we fail to meet these expectations, our stock price may significantly decline. 36 Table of Contents Risks Related to our Industry Our industry is subject to rapid technological change and we may not be successful in addressing these changes. Our industry is characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, changing client preferences and new product introductions. The success of our business depends, in part, upon our ability to develop solutions that keep pace with changes in the industry. We may not be successful in addressing these changes on a timely basis, or at all, or successfully marketing any changes that we implement. In addition, products or technologies developed by others may render our services uncompetitive or obsolete. If we do not sufficiently invest in new technology and industry developments or if we do not make the right strategic investments to respond to these developments and successfully drive innovation, our services and solutions, our results of operations, and our ability to develop and maintain a competitive advantage and continue to grow could be negatively affected. Our industry may not develop in ways that we currently anticipate due to negative public reaction in the U.S. and elsewhere to offshore outsourcing, recently proposed legislation or otherwise. We have based our strategy of future growth on certain assumptions regarding our industry and future developments in the market for outsourcing services. For example, we believe that there will continue to be changes in product and service requirements, and investments in the products offered by our clients will continue to increase. However, the trend to outsource business processes may not continue and could reverse. Offshore outsourcing is a politically sensitive topic in the U.S. and elsewhere, and many organizations and public figures have publicly expressed concern about a perceived association between offshore outsourcing providers and the loss of jobs in the U.S. and elsewhere. In addition, there has been limited publicity about the negative experience of certain companies that use offshore outsourcing, particularly in India. Current or prospective clients may elect to perform such services themselves or may be discouraged from transferring these services to offshore providers to avoid any negative perception that may be associated with using an offshore provider. Any slowdown or reversal of existing industry trends would harm our ability to compete effectively with competitors that operate out of facilities located in the U.S. and elsewhere. A variety of U.S. federal and state legislation has been proposed that, if enacted, could restrict or discourage U.S. companies from outsourcing their services to companies with facilities outside the U.S. For example, legislation has been proposed that would require offshore providers to identify where they are located and that would require notice to individuals whose personal information is disclosed to non-U.S. companies. In addition, bills have been proposed that would provide tax and other economic incentives for companies that create employment in the U.S. by reducing their offshore outsourcing. Other bills have proposed requiring call centers to disclose their geographic locations, requiring notice to individuals whose personal information is disclosed to non-U.S. affiliates or subcontractors, requiring disclosures of companies’ foreign outsourcing practices or restricting U.S. private sector companies that have federal government contracts, federal grants or guaranteed loan programs from outsourcing their services to offshore service providers. Because most of our clients are located in the U.S., any expansion of existing laws or the enactment of new legislation restricting offshore outsourcing could adversely impact our ability to do business with U.S. clients and have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In other countries, such as the U.K., there has also been some negative publicity and concern expressed regarding the possible effect of job losses caused by outsourcing. Legislation enacted in the U.K. as well as other European jurisdictions provides that if a company transfers or outsources its business or a part of its business to a transferee or a service provider, the employees who were employed in such business are entitled to become employed by the transferee or service provider on the same terms and conditions as they had been employed before the transfer. The dismissal of such employees as a result of such transfer of business is deemed unfair dismissal and entitles the employees to compensation. As a result, we may become liable for redundancy payments to the employees of our clients who outsource business to us from those jurisdictions. We are generally indemnified in our existing contracts with clients in those jurisdictions to the extent we incur losses or additional 37 Table of Contents costs due to the application of this legislation to us, and we intend to obtain indemnification in future contracts with clients. However, if we are unable to obtain indemnification in future contracts with clients or if the existing indemnification is not enforceable or available, we may be liable under those agreements we enter into with clients in the U.K. and other European jurisdictions. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data, whether through breach of our computer systems or otherwise, could expose us to protracted and costly litigation and cause us to lose clients. We are typically required to process, and sometimes collect and/or store sensitive data of our clients’ end customers in connection with our services, including names, addresses, social security numbers, personal health information, credit card account numbers, checking and savings account numbers and payment history records, such as account closures and returned checks. In addition, we collect and store data regarding our employees. As a result, we are subject to various data protection and privacy laws in the countries in which we operate. In addition, many of our agreements with our clients do not include any limitation on our liability to them with respect to breaches of our obligation to keep the information we receive from them confidential. We devote substantial resources to maintaining adequate levels of cyber security and to protecting confidential client and customer data. However, any network infrastructure may be vulnerable to rapidly evolving cyber attacks, and our user data and corporate systems and security measures may be breached due to the actions of outside parties (including cyber attacks), employee error, malfeasance, a combination of these, or otherwise, allowing an unauthorized party to obtain access to our data or our users’ or customers’ data. Additionally, outside parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees, users, or customers to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or our users’ or customers’ data. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently or may be designed to remain dormant until a predetermined event and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose users and customers. Security breaches expose us to a risk of loss of this information, litigation, remediation costs, increased costs for security measures, loss of revenue, damage to our reputation, and potential liability. If any person, including any of our employees, negligently disregards or intentionally breaches controls or procedures with which we are responsible for complying with respect to such data or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates that data, or if unauthorized access to or disclosure of data in our possession or control occurs, we could be subject to significant liability to our clients or our clients’ customers for breaching contractual confidentiality and security provisions or privacy laws, as well as liability and penalties in connection with any violation of applicable privacy laws and/or criminal prosecution. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client or employee data, whether through breach of computer systems, systems failure, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, or otherwise, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients. Similarly, unauthorized access to or through our information systems and networks or those we develop or manage for our clients, whether by our employees or third parties, could result in negative publicity, legal liability and damage to our reputation. If any person, including any of our employees, penetrates our network security or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates sensitive data, discloses or distributes any such data in an unauthorized manner, we could be subject to significant liability and lawsuits from our clients or their own customers for breaching contractual confidentiality provisions or privacy laws, or investigations and penalties from regulators. Under some of our client contracts, we have agreed to pay for the costs of remediation or notice to end users or credit monitoring, as well as other costs. Cyber attacks penetrating the network security of our data centers or any unauthorized disclosure or access to confidential information and data of our clients or their end customers could also have a negative impact on our reputation and client confidence, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 38 Table of Contents None. Our corporate headquarters are located in New York, New York. We have nineteen operations centers in India, five operations centers in the Philippines and one operations center in each of Bulgaria, Romania and the Czech Republic, with an aggregate area of approximately 1,610,000 square feet and a current installed capacity of approximately 22,900 workstations, including workstations for our employees in enabling functions. We also have six operations centers in the U.S. and a sales office in London, U.K. Our networking and telecommunication hubs are located in Sunnyvale, California, Jersey City, New Jersey and New York. Further, we acquired multiple regional offices in the U.S as part of our Overland and Blue Slate acquisitions during the year 2014. All of our operations centers are leased under long-term leases with varying expiration dates, except for an operations center in Pune, India with an area of 86,361 sq. ft. and containing approximately 1,600 agent workstations, which we own. Substantially all of our owned and leased property is used to service both of our operating segments. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to support our existing operations. We also believe that we will be able to obtain suitable additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms on an “as needed basis.” In the course of our normal business activities, various lawsuits, claims and proceedings may be instituted or asserted against us. We believe that the disposition of matters currently instituted or asserted will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Please see Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements contained herein for details regarding our tax proceedings. Not applicable. 39 ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments ITEM 2. Properties ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures Table of Contents PART II. Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “EXLS.” As of February 23, 2015, there were 23 holders of record of our outstanding common stock. We have not paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently expect to retain all of our earnings for use in developing our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Future cash dividends, if any, will be paid at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend, among other things, upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities We did not sell any of our equity securities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities On December 30, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized up to an annual $20 million common stock repurchase program (the “2014 Repurchase Program”), under which shares may be purchased by the Company from time to time from the open market and through private transactions during each of the fiscal years 2015 to 2017. The Company expects that open market purchases under the 2014 Repurchase Program will be structured to comply with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act. Repurchases may be discontinued at any time by management. On November 2013, the Company had announced a similar program, pursuant to which the Board of Directors had authorized a $25 million common stock repurchase program (the “2013 Repurchase Program”), under which shares may be purchased by the Company from time to time from the open market and through private transactions. The remaining authorized balance under the 2013 Repurchase Program was $0.9 million as of December 31, 2014. Repurchased shares under these programs are recorded as treasury shares and will be held until our Board of Directors designates that these shares be retired or used for other purposes. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company acquired 109,500 shares of common stock from the open market under the 2013 Repurchase Program. The Company paid an aggregate consideration of $2,862,838 for this share repurchase at the weighted average purchase price of $26.14 per share. The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock under the stock repurchase program during the three months ended December 31, 2014. 40 ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Price Range Calendar Period High Low 2014 First Quarter $ 31.14 $ 24.42 Second Quarter $ 31.18 $ 27.21 Third Quarter $ 30.49 $ 24.38 Fourth Quarter $ 29.27 $ 24.20 2013 First Quarter $ 32.97 $ 26.90 Second Quarter $ 32.86 $ 28.56 Third Quarter $ 30.89 $ 26.28 Fourth Quarter $ 31.42 $ 22.98 Table of Contents During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company also acquired 18,256 shares of common stock from employees in connection with withholding tax payments related to the vesting of restricted stock for a total consideration of $458,901. The weighted average purchase price of $25.14 per share was the average of the high and low price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on the trading day prior to the vesting date of the shares of restricted stock. The shares acquired are held as treasury stock. Equity Compensation Plan Information The following table provides information as of December 31, 2014 with respect to the shares of our common stock that may be issued under our existing equity compensation plans. For a description of our equity compensation plans, please see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements. 41 Plan Category Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise/Vesting of Outstanding Equity Awards* Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options Number of Securities Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans Equity compensation plans that have been approved by security holders 2,893,270 $ 16.23 1,282,796 Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders — — — Total 2,893,270 $ 16.23 1,282,796 * This includes Outstanding options and unvested Restricted Stock Units. Refer to Note 14 to our consolidated Financial statements for further details. Table of Contents Performance Graph The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total return of the Nasdaq 100 Index (capitalization weighted) and our peer group of companies for the period beginning October 20, 2006. Our peer group of companies is comprised of two companies that we believe are our closest reporting issuer competitors: Genpact Limited and WNS (Holdings) Limited. The returns of the component entities of our peer group index are weighted according to the market capitalization of each company as of the beginning of each period for which a return is presented. The returns assume that $100 was invested on October 20, 2006 and that all dividends were reinvested. The stock performance shown on the graph below is not indicative of future price performance. This graph will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. This graph will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any prior or subsequent filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act. 42 Table of Contents The following table sets forth our selected consolidated historical financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. Our selected consolidated financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 has been derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our selected consolidated financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and for years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is derived from our audited financial statements, which are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our selected consolidated financial information for 2014, 2013 and 2012 should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 43 ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 (in millions, except share and per share data) Consolidated Statements of Income Data: Revenues, net $ 499.3 $ 478.5 $ 442.9 $ 360.5 $ 252.8 Cost of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization) 332.6 291.0 271.9 220.0 151.3 Gross profit 166.7 187.5 171.0 140.5 101.5 General and administrative expenses 65.4 58.8 57.2 50.6 40.3 Selling and marketing expenses 39.3 36.4 31.0 25.6 18.8 Depreciation and amortization expenses 28.0 24.9 25.6 23.0 15.9 Income from operations 34.0 67.4 57.2 41.3 26.5 Total other income/ (expense) 3.6 (2.4 ) (0.5 ) 5.4 5.6 Income before income taxes 37.6 65.0 56.7 46.7 32.1 Income tax expense 5.2 16.9 14.9 11.9 5.5 Net income $ 32.4 $ 48.1 $ 41.8 $ 34.8 $ 26.6 Earnings per share: Basic: $ 0.99 $ 1.47 $ 1.31 $ 1.15 $ 0.91 Diluted: $ 0.96 $ 1.42 $ 1.26 $ 1.10 $ 0.88 Weighted-average number of shares used in computing earnings per share: Basic 32,804,606 32,750,178 31,968,386 30,264,805 29,281,364 Diluted 33,636,593 33,842,938 33,171,105 31,546,144 30,388,520 December 31, 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 (in millions) Consolidated Statements of Balance Sheets Data: Cash and cash equivalents $ 176.5 $ 148.1 $ 103.0 $ 82.4 $ 111.2 Working capital (1) 211.4 176.6 131.8 94.6 126.4 Total assets 573.6 463.4 435.9 377.4 305.7 Long-term borrowings 50.0 — — — — Other long term obligations (2) 13.4 21.2 17.0 26.7 9.2 Stockholders’ equity 419.2 366.2 344.5 278.5 248.5 (1) Working capital means total current assets less total current liabilities (2) Other long term obligations include unrecognized tax benefits, retirement benefits, capital leases obligation, deferred rent, unrealized losses on effective cash flow hedges and other long term liabilities. Table of Contents You should read the following discussion in connection with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the statements in the following discussion are forward looking statements. See “—Forward Looking Statements.” Dollar amounts within Item 7 are presented as actual dollar amounts. Forward Looking Statements This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on these statements because they are subject to numerous uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. These statements often include words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate” or similar expressions. These statements are based on assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. As you read and consider this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. They involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Although we believe that these forward looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward looking statements. These factors include but are not limited to: These and other factors are more fully discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These and other risks could cause actual results to differ materially from those implied by forward looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The forward looking statements made by us in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or elsewhere, speaks only as of the date on which they were made. New risks and uncertainties come up from time to time, and it is 44 ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations • our dependence on a limited number of clients in a limited number of industries; • worldwide political, economic or business conditions; • negative public reaction in the U.S. or elsewhere to offshore outsourcing; • fluctuations in our earnings; • our ability to attract and retain clients; • our ability to successfully consummate or integrate strategic acquisitions; • restrictions on immigration; • our ability to hire and retain enough sufficiently trained employees to support our operations; • our ability to grow our business or effectively manage growth and international operations; • increasing competition in our industry; • telecommunications or technology disruptions; • our ability to withstand the loss of a significant customer and to effectively and efficiently manage any disentanglement relationships • regulatory, legislative and judicial developments, including changes to or the withdrawal of governmental fiscal incentives; • technological innovation; • political or economic instability in the geographies in which we operate; • unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data; and • adverse outcome of our disputes with the Indian tax authorities. Table of Contents impossible for us to predict these events or how they may affect us. We have no obligation to update any forward looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, except as required by federal securities laws. Executive Overview We are a leading provider of business process solutions to Fortune 500 and Global 2000 companies. Working as a strategic partner, we help our clients simplify and streamline business operations, manage compliance, create new channels for growth, and better adapt to change. Our solutions integrate operations management with analytics and business transformation to deliver actionable business insights and long-term business impact. We help shape our clients’ operating environments through process and technology interventions and analytics driven insights into business performance with the goal of increasing quality and productivity while improving risk management and control. We changed our reporting segments nomenclature in 2014 to Operations Management (previously called Outsourcing Services) and Analytics and Business Transformation (previously called Transformation Services) in order to more accurately reflect the changing nature of our engagements with our clients. For comparability with our prior periods, the business composition of each segment remains unchanged. Our global delivery network spreads across the United States, Europe and Asia. We operate nineteen operations centers in India, six operations centers in the U.S., five operations centers in the Philippines and one operations center in each of Bulgaria, Romania and the Czech Republic. In addition to these operations centers, we acquired multiple regional offices in the U.S. as part of our acquisitions of Blue Slate Solutions, LLC (“Blue Slate”) and Overland Holdings, Inc. (“Overland”) during the year ended December 31, 2014. On July 1, 2014, we acquired Blue Slate. Prior to its acquisition, Blue Slate was a business process management (“BPM”) and technology solutions company that specializes in transforming operations through business process automation, use of innovative technologies, data integration and analytics. Blue Slate helps clients achieve large productivity improvements, develop an agile and cost-effective operating model, enhance customer satisfaction and deliver measurable return on their investments. On October 24, 2014, we acquired Overland. Prior to its acquisition, Overland specialized in providing premium audit services, commercial and residential underwriting surveys and loss control services to more than 300 property and casualty (“P&C”) insurers using a BPaaS model. Overland offers services including physical audit, telephone audit, and government inspection and has developed an automated premium audit solution Auditstream ® . Overland also offers survey products and services to homeowners and commercial insurance carriers through Castle High Value Surveys ® . Revenues On November 1, 2013, we received a notice of termination from The Travelers Indemnity Company (“Travelers”) under the Professional Services Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2006, between us and Travelers (as amended from time to time, the “Services Agreement”). Revenues from Travelers were $8.2 million and $46.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The reduction in revenues from Travelers during 2014 was due to $12.0 million related to certain services we used to provide to Travelers being transitioned away from us and we reimbursed Travelers for certain of their expenses incurred in connection with the termination (the “disentanglement costs”) of $26.3 million compared to $0.3 million in 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we had total revenues of $499.3 million (net of $26.3 million of reimbursement of disentanglement costs to Travelers) compared to total revenues of $478.5 million (net of $0.3 million of reimbursement of disentanglement costs to Travelers) for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $20.8 million or 4.4%. Revenues from operations management services were $388.7 million (net of 45 Table of Contents $26.3 million of reimbursement of disentanglement costs to Travelers) for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $395.0 million (net of $0.3 million of reimbursement of disentanglement costs to Travelers) for the year ended December 31, 2013. Revenues from analytics and business transformation services were $110.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $83.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. We serve clients mainly in the U.S. and the U.K., with these two regions generating approximately 73.9% and 20.4%, respectively, of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 and approximately 73.8% and 19.4%, respectively, of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013. In the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, our total revenues from our top ten clients accounted for 50.3% and 57.9% of our total revenues, respectively. None of the clients accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues in the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. While we have reduced our revenue concentration with our top clients and are developing relationships with new clients to diversify our client base, we believe that the loss of any of our ten largest clients could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance. We derived revenues from 26 and 22 new clients for our services in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Another two clients acquired during the year did not generate revenues in 2014 but are expected to start generating revenues from 2015. Our Business Our business is divided into two reporting segments: Operations Management (previously called Outsourcing Services) and Analytics and Business Transformation (previously called Transformation Services). Overland’s results are included in our Operations Management segment and Blue Slate’s results are included in our Analytics and Business Transformation segment. We market our services to our existing and prospective clients through our sales and client management teams, which are aligned by key industry vertical and cross-industry domains such as finance and accounting. Our sales and client management teams operate from the U.S. and Europe. Operations Management: We provide our clients with a range of operations management solutions principally in the insurance, healthcare, utilities, banking and financial services, and travel, transportation and logistics sectors, as well as cross-industry operations management solutions, such as finance and accounting services. Our operations management solutions typically involve the transfer to EXL of select business operations of a client such as claims processing, clinical operations, or financial transaction processing, after which we administer and manage the operations for our client on an ongoing basis. As part of this transfer, we hire and train employees to work at our operations centers on the relevant business operations, implement a process migration to these operations centers and then provide services either to the client or directly to the client’s customers. Each client contract has different terms based on the scope, deliverables and complexity of the engagement. The operations management solutions we provide to any of our clients (particularly under our general framework agreements), and the revenues and income that we derive from those services, may decline or vary as the type and quantity of services we provide under those contracts change over time, including as a result of a shift in the mix of products and services we provide. For most BPO engagements we enter into long-term agreements with our clients with typical initial terms ranging from three to eight years. These contracts also usually contain provisions permitting termination of the contract after a short notice period. Although these agreements provide us with a relatively predictable revenue base for a substantial portion of our business, the long selling cycle for our operations management solutions and the budget and approval processes of prospective clients make it difficult to predict the timing of new client acquisitions. Revenues under new client contracts also vary depending on when we complete the selling cycle and the implementation phase. To the extent our client contracts do not contain provisions to the contrary, we bear the risk of inflation and fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to our contracts. We hedge a substantial portion of our Indian rupee/U.S. dollar, Philippine peso/U.S. dollar and U.S. dollar/ U.K. pound sterling foreign currency exposure. 46 Table of Contents We have been observing a shift in industry pricing models toward transaction-based pricing, outcome-based pricing and other pricing models. We believe this trend will continue and we have begun to use transaction-based, outcome-based and other pricing models with some of our current clients and are seeking to move certain other clients from a billing rate model to a transaction-based or other pricing model. These transaction-based pricing models place the focus on operating efficiency in order to maintain our operating margins. In addition, we have also observed that prospective larger clients are entering into multi-vendor relationships with regard to their outsourcing needs. We believe that the trend toward multi-vendor relationships will continue. A multi-vendor relationship allows a client to seek more favorable pricing and other contract terms from each vendor, which can result in significantly reduced operating margins from the provision of services to such client for each vendor. To the extent our large clients expand their use of multi-vendor relationships and are able to extract more favorable contract terms from other vendors, our operating margins and revenues may be reduced with regard to such clients if we are required to modify the terms of our relationships with such clients. Within our operations management solutions, we also offer software to provide BPaaS services for our insurance and healthcare clients. We have added these capabilities through acquisitions over the last few years. Depending on the software, the fees derived may be based on licenses, installation, support and maintenance, and/or recoveries from claims. We believe our proprietary software technology will be an important source of growth in the future as clients choose to transfer certain business functions to a third-party-owned technology provider. As we increase our capabilities utilizing technology service platforms and other software-based services, we expect that revenues from such services will continue to grow in proportion to our total revenues. Revenues from annual maintenance and support contracts for our software platforms provide us with a relatively predictable revenue base and are generally recognized ratably over the terms of the contracts. New license sales and implementation projects have a long selling cycle and it is difficult to predict the timing of when such new contracts will be signed, which may lead to fluctuations in our revenues over the short term. Analytics and Business Transformation: Our analytics and business transformation solutions include our Analytics, Operations Consulting, and Finance Transformation services. These services focus on improving our clients’ operating environments, whether or not they are managed by us, through cost reduction, additional insight for business forecasting, enhanced efficiency and productivity, improved effectiveness of business decisions and creation of an improved risk and control environment. We actively cross-sell and, where appropriate, integrate our Analytics and Business Transformation solutions with Operations Management as part of a comprehensive solution for our clients. Our Analytics solutions involve accessing and analyzing large volumes of data from multiple data sources to generate insights about past business performance or predict future business outcomes. In order to provide services, we leverage a large pool of analytics professionals and data scientists who deploy our proprietary analytics tools and methodologies to help clients better utilize their data to generate actionable business insights. These insights generated by our analytics tools, statistical models and data scientists assist clients in making quicker, more accurate and data-driven business decisions, which we believe leads to better business outcomes and tangible financial benefits. Our analytics and business transformation solutions consist of both recurring and specific projects with contract terms generally not exceeding one to three years. These contracts also usually contain provisions permitting termination of the contract after a short notice period. The short-term nature and specificity of these projects could lead to further material fluctuations and uncertainties in the revenues generated from these businesses. Our analytics and business transformation services can be affected by variations in business cycles. We have experienced a significant increase in demand for our annuity-based analytics and business transformation solutions, with the majority of our revenue generated from engagements that are contracted for one- to three-year terms. We anticipate that revenues from our analytics and business transformation services will grow as we expand our service offerings and client base, both organically and through acquisitions. 47 Table of Contents Expenses Cost of Revenues Our cost of revenues primarily consists of: The most significant components of our cost of revenues are employee compensation, recruitment, training, transport, meals, rewards and recognition and employee insurance. Salary levels, employee turnover rates and our ability to efficiently manage and utilize our employees significantly affect our cost of revenues. Salary increases for most of our operations personnel are generally awarded each year effective April 1. Accordingly, employee costs are generally lower in the first quarter of each year compared to the rest of the year. We make every effort to manage employee and capacity utilization and continuously monitor service levels and staffing requirements. Although we generally have been able to reallocate our employees as client demand has fluctuated, a contract termination or significant reduction in work assigned to us by a major client could cause us to experience a higher-than-expected number of unassigned employees, which would increase our cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues until we are able to reduce or reallocate our headcount. A significant increase in the turnover rate among our employees, particularly among the highly skilled workforce needed to execute certain services, would increase our recruiting and training costs and decrease our operating efficiency, productivity and profit margins. In addition, cost of revenues also includes a non-cash amortization of stock compensation expense relating to our issuance of equity awards to employees directly involved in providing services to our clients. We expect our cost of revenues to continue to increase as we continue to add professionals in our operating centers globally to service additional business and as wages continue to increase globally. In particular, we expect training costs to continue to increase as we continue to add staff to service new clients and provide existing staff with additional skill sets. There is significant competition for professionals with skills necessary to perform the services we offer to our clients. As our existing competitors continue to grow, and as new competitors enter the market, we expect competition for skilled professionals in each of these areas to continue to increase, with corresponding increases in our cost of revenues to reflect increased compensation levels for such professionals. However, a significant portion of our client contracts include inflation-based adjustments to our billing rates year over year which partially offset such increase in cost of revenues. See “Item 1A—Risk Factors—Employee wage increases may prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage and may reduce our profit margin.” Cost of revenues is also affected by our long selling cycle and implementation period for our operations management services, which require significant commitments of capital, resources and time by both our clients and us. Before committing to use our services, potential clients require us to expend substantial time and resources educating them as to the value of our services and assessing the feasibility of integrating our systems and processes with theirs. In addition, once a client engages us in a new contract, our cost of revenues may represent a higher percentage of revenues until the implementation phase for that contract, generally three to four months, is completed. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses Our general and administrative expenses are comprised of expenses relating to salaries and benefits (including stock based compensation) as well as cost related to recruitment, training and retention of senior management and other support personnel in enabling functions, legal and other professional fees, telecommunications, utilities, travel and other miscellaneous administrative costs. Our general and administrative 48 • employee costs, which include salary, bonus and other compensation expenses; recruitment and training costs; employee insurance; transport and meals; rewards and recognition for certain employees; and non-cash stock compensation expense; and • costs relating to our facilities and communications network, which include telecommunication and IT costs; facilities and customer management support; operational expenses for our outsourcing centers; rent expenses; and travel and other billable costs to our clients. Table of Contents costs as a percentage of revenues increased from 12.3% in 2013 to 13.1% in 2014. The increase is primarily due to lower revenues as a result of reimbursements of disentanglement costs to Travelers during the year ended December 31, 2014. We expect our general and administrative costs to increase as we continue to strengthen our support and enabling functions and invest in leadership development, performance management and training programs. Selling and marketing expenses primarily consist of salaries and benefits (including stock based compensation) and other compensation expenses of sales and marketing and client management personnel, sales commission, travel and brand building, client events and conferences. Our selling and marketing cost as a percentage of revenues increased from 7.6% in 2013 to 7.9% in 2014. The increase is primarily due to lower revenues as a result of reimbursements of disentanglement costs to Travelers during the year ended December 31, 2014. We also expect that sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase as we invest in our sales and client management functions to better serve our clients and in our branding. SG&A expenses also include acquisition-related costs, professional fees (which represent the costs of third party legal, tax, accounting and other advisors), bad debt allowance and non-cash amortization of stock compensation expenses related to our issuance of equity awards to senior management, members of our board of directors, other support personnel. Depreciation and Amortization Depreciation and amortization pertains to depreciation of our tangible assets, including network equipment, cabling, computers, office furniture and equipment, motor vehicles and leasehold improvements and amortization of intangible assets. As we add new facilities and expand our existing operations centers, we expect that depreciation expense will increase, reflecting additional investments in equipment such as desktop computers, servers and other infrastructure. We expect amortization of intangible assets to increase further as we pursue strategic relationships and acquisitions. Foreign Exchange Exchange Rates We report our financial results in U.S. dollars. A significant portion of our total revenues, however, are earned in U.K. pounds sterling (20.4% and 19.4%, respectively, of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013) while a significant portion of our expenses are incurred and paid in Indian rupees (46.5% and 51.7%, respectively, of our total costs for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013) and the Philippine peso (11.7% and 9.3%, respectively, of our total costs for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013). The exchange rates among the Indian rupee, the Philippine peso, the U.K. pound sterling, Czech koruna and the U.S. dollar have changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future as well. The results of our operations could be substantially impacted as the Indian rupee, the Philippine peso and the U.K. pound sterling appreciate or depreciate against the U.S. dollar. See Notes 2 and 7 to our consolidated financial statements and “Item 7A—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Foreign Currency Risk.” Income Taxes We are subject to income taxes in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions. Our tax expense and cash tax liability in the future could be adversely affected by various factors, including, but not limited to, changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles or interpretations and the potential adverse outcome of tax examinations. Changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, which may result from a decline in our profitability or changes in tax rates or legislation, could have a material adverse effect on our tax expense. 49 Table of Contents Under the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, our operations centers in India, from which we derive a significant portion of our revenues, benefitted through March 31, 2011 from a ten-year holiday from Indian corporate income taxes in respect of their export profits under the Software Technology Parks of India (“STPI”) Scheme. In the absence of this tax holiday, income derived from our Indian operations is taxed up to the maximum tax rate generally applicable to Indian enterprises, which, as of December 31, 2014, was 33.99%. During the last five years, we either established or acquired new centers that are eligible for tax benefits under the Special Economic Zones Act (the “SEZ Act”). The SEZ Act introduced a 15-year tax holiday scheme for operations established in designated special economic zones (“SEZs”). Under the SEZ Act, qualifying operations are eligible for a deduction from taxable income equal to (i) 100% of their export profits derived for the first five years from the commencement of operations; (ii) 50% of such export profits for the next five years; and (iii) 50% of the export profits for a further five years, subject to satisfying certain capital investment requirements. The SEZ Act provides, among other restrictions, that this holiday is not available to operations formed by splitting up or reconstructing existing operations or transferring existing plant and equipment (beyond a prescribed limit) to new SEZ locations. We anticipate establishing additional operations centers in SEZs or other tax advantaged locations in the future. We also benefit from a corporate tax holiday in the Philippines for our operations centers established there over the last six years. The tax holiday expired for one of our centers in 2014 and will expire over the next few years for other centers, which may lead to an increase in our overall tax rate. Following the expiry of the tax exemption, income generated from centers in Philippines will be taxed at the prevailing annual tax rate, which as of December 31, 2014 was 5% of the gross income. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss carry forwards. We determine if a valuation allowance is required or not on the basis of an assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will be realized. Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S (“US GAAP”). The notes to our consolidated financial statements contain a summary of our significant accounting policies. We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements, as their application places the most significant demands on management’s judgment regarding matters that are inherently uncertain. These policies include revenue recognition, estimating tax liabilities, stock-based compensation, goodwill, intangibles and long-lived assets, derivative instruments and assets and obligations related to employee benefit plans. These accounting policies and the associated risks are set out below. Future events may not develop exactly as forecast and estimates routinely require adjustment. Revenue Recognition We derive our revenues from operations management and analytics and business transformation services. Revenues from operations management are recognized primarily on a time-and-material, cost-plus, transaction based and outcome-based pricing; revenues from analytics and business transformation services are recognized primarily on a time-and-material, fixed price or contingent fee basis. The services provided within our operations management and analytics and business transformation services contracts generally contain one unit of accounting, except the software and related services contracts involving implementation services and post contract maintenance services. In such multiple element arrangements, revenue is allocated to maintenance based the price charged when that element is sold separately (vendor specific objective evidence or “VSOE”). Revenues are recognized under our contracts generally when four basic criteria are met; persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, services have been performed and collection of amounts billed is reasonably assured. 50 Table of Contents Revenues under time-and-material, transaction-based and outcome-based contracts are recognized as the services are performed. Revenues are recognized on cost-plus contracts on the basis of contractually agreed direct and indirect costs incurred on a client contract plus an agreed-upon profit markup. Such revenues are recognized as the related services are provided in accordance with the client contract. When the terms of the client contract specify service level parameters that must be met (such as turnaround time or accuracy), we monitor such service level parameters to determine if any service credits or penalties have been incurred. Revenues are recognized net of any service credits that are due to a client. Revenues for our fixed-price analytics and business transformation services contracts are recognized using the proportional performance method when the pattern of performance under the contracts can be reasonably determined. We estimate the proportional performance of a contract by comparing the actual number of hours or days worked to the estimated total number of hours or days required to complete each engagement. The use of the proportional performance method requires significant judgment relative to estimating the number of hours or days required to complete the contracted scope of work, including assumptions and estimates relative to the length of time to complete the project and the nature and complexity of the work to be performed. We regularly monitor our estimates for completion of a project and record changes in the period in which a change in an estimate is determined. If a change in an estimate results in a projected loss on a project, such loss is recognized in the period in which it is first identified. Our software and related services contracts generally contain software license, related services and maintenance elements. Maintenance revenues are generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term as they are separable and have VSOE. Services related to software licenses are evaluated to determine whether those services are significant or essential to the functionality of the software. When services are not considered essential, software license revenues and the related services are considered as one unit of accounting and recognized on a proportional performance basis or ratably as the services are performed. When services are significant or considered essential, revenues related to license fee and services are recognized as the services are performed using the percentage of completion method of accounting, under which the total value of revenue is recognized on the basis of the percentage that each contract’s total labor hours to date bears to the total expected labor hours (input method). We accrue revenues for services rendered between the last billing date and the balance sheet date. Accordingly, our accounts receivable include amounts for services that we have performed and for which an invoice has not yet been issued to the client. These are included in accounts receivable on our consolidated balance sheet and the amounts are disclosed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Long-lived Assets The purchase method of accounting is used for all business combinations. We account for our business combinations by recognizing the identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interest in the acquired business, measured at their acquisition date fair values. All assets and liabilities of the acquired business including goodwill are assigned to reporting units. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred under SG&A expenses. We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually, or as circumstances warrant. When determining the fair value of our reporting units, we utilize various assumptions, including projections of future cash flows. Any adverse changes in key assumptions about our businesses and their prospects or an adverse change in market conditions may cause a change in the estimation of fair value and could result in an impairment charge. We review long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In general, we will recognize an impairment loss when the sum of undiscounted expected future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of such asset. The estimate of undiscounted cash flows and the fair value of assets require several assumptions and estimates like the weighted average cost of capital, discount rates, risk-free rates, market rate of 51 Table of Contents return and risk premiums and can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors such as changes in our business strategy and our internal forecasts. Although we believe the historical assumptions and estimates we have made are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact our reported financial results. Stock-based Compensation Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASC No. 718”), cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting periods. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires significant judgment, including estimating the expected term over which the stock awards will be outstanding before they are exercised, the expected volatility of our stock and the number of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. In order to determine the estimated period of time that we expect employees to hold their share-based options, we have used data on the historical exercise pattern of employees. We use the historical volatility of our common stock and the volatility of stocks of our comparative companies in order to estimate future share price trends. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. The risk-free interest rate that we use in the option valuation model is based on U.S. treasury zero-coupon bonds with a remaining term similar to the expected term of the options. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and therefore use an expected dividend yield of zero in the option valuation model. If the actual forfeiture rate differs significantly from our estimates, our stock-based compensation expense and our results of operations could be materially impacted. On February 13, 2014, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved the program allowing for the grant of performance-based restricted stock units (“PRSUs”) to executive officers and other specified employees under its existing 2006 Omnibus Award Plan. Under this program, 50% of the PRSUs will cliff vest at the end of a three-year period based on a revenue target for 2016 (“PUs”). The other 50% shall be based on a market condition (“MUs”) that is contingent on meeting or exceeding the total shareholder return relative to a group of peer companies specified under the program, measured over a three-year performance period. The award recipient may earn up to two hundred percent (200%) of the PRSUs granted based on the actual performance for both kinds of PRSUs. The fair value of each PU was determined based on the market price of one common share of the Company on the date of grant. The grant date fair value for the MUs was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The Monte-Carlo simulation model simulates a range of possible future stock prices and estimates the probabilities of the potential payouts. This model also incorporates the following ranges of assumptions: 52 • The historical volatilities are used over the most recent three-year period for the components of the peer group. • The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rate assumption commensurate with the three-year performance period. • Since the plan stipulates that the awards are based upon the total shareholders’ return (the “TSR”) of the Company and the components of the peer group, it is assumed that the dividends get reinvested in the issuing entity on a continuous basis. • The correlation coefficients are used to model the way in which each entity tends to move in relation to each other are based upon the price data used to calculate the historical volatilities. Table of Contents Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities In the normal course of business, we actively look to mitigate the exposure of foreign currency market risk by entering into various hedging arrangements, authorized under our policies, with counterparties that are highly rated financial institutions. Our primary exchange rate exposure is with the U.K. pound sterling, the Philippines peso and the Indian rupee. We also have exposure in Czech koruna and other local currencies where we operate. We use derivative instruments for the purpose of mitigating the underlying exposure from foreign currency fluctuation risks associated with forecasted transactions denominated in certain foreign currencies and to minimize earnings and cash flow volatility associated with the changes in foreign currency exchange rates and not for speculative trading purposes. We hedge anticipated transactions that are subject to foreign exchange exposure with foreign currency exchange contracts that qualify as cash flow hedges. Changes in the fair value of these cash flow hedges which are deemed effective are deferred and recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax until the hedged transactions occur and are then recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges deemed ineffective are recognized in the consolidated statement of income and are included in foreign exchange gain/(loss). We also use derivatives consisting of foreign currency exchange contracts to economically hedge intercompany balances and other monetary assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognized in the consolidated statements of income and are included in foreign exchange gain/(loss). We value our derivatives based on market observable inputs including both forward and spot prices for currencies. Derivative assets and liabilities included in Level 2 primarily represent foreign currency forward contracts. The quotes are taken primarily from independent sources, including highly rated financial institutions. We evaluate hedge effectiveness of cash flow hedges at the time a contract is entered into as well as on an ongoing basis. If during this time a contract is deemed ineffective, the change in the fair value is recorded in the consolidated statements of income and is included in foreign exchange gain/(loss). For hedge relationships that are discontinued because the forecasted transaction is not expected to occur by the end of the originally specified period, any related derivative amounts recorded in equity are reclassified to earnings. Income Taxes We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. In addition, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in respect of future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases and operating losses carried forward, if any. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the anticipated tax rates for the years in which such temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities during the period in which the new tax rate was enacted or the change in tax status was filed or approved. Deferred tax assets are recognized in full, subject to a valuation allowance that reduces the amount recognized to that which is more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the likelihood of realization, we consider estimates of future taxable income. With respect to any entity that benefits from a corporate tax holiday, deferred tax assets or liabilities for existing temporary differences are recorded only to the extent such temporary differences are expected to reverse following the expiration of the tax holiday. We also evaluate potential exposures related to tax contingencies or claims made by the tax authorities in various jurisdictions in order to determine whether a reserve may be required. A reserve is recorded if we believe that a loss is more likely than not to occur and if the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. Such reserves are based on estimates and, consequently, are subject to changing facts and circumstances, including the progress of ongoing audits, changes in case law and the passage of new legislation. We believe that we have established adequate reserves to cover any current tax assessments. 53 Table of Contents We generally anticipate that we will indefinitely reinvest the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries. Accordingly, we do not accrue any material income, distribution or withholding taxes that would otherwise arise if such earnings were repatriated in a taxable manner. We employ a two-step process for recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining, based on the technical merits, that the position will, more likely than not, be sustained upon examination. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount of the tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. Our income tax expense also takes into account any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. Employee Benefits We provide our employees in India and the Philippines with benefits under a defined benefit plan, which we refer to as the Gratuity Plan. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees on retirement or on termination of employment in an amount based on the respective employee’s salary and years of employment with us. We determine our liability under the Gratuity Plan by actuarial valuation using the projected unit credit method. Under this method, we determine our liability based upon the discounted value of salary increases until the date of separation arising from retirement, death, resignation or other termination of services. Critical assumptions used in measuring the plan expense and projected liability under the projected unit credit method include the discount rate, expected return on assets and the expected increase in the compensation rates. We evaluate these critical assumptions at least annually. If actual results differ significantly from our estimates, our gratuity expense and our results of operations could be materially impacted. Results of Operations The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012: 54 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2012 (dollars in millions) Revenues, net $ 499.3 $ 478.5 $ 442.9 Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) 332.6 291.0 271.9 Gross profit 166.7 187.5 171.0 Operating expenses: General and administrative expenses 65.4 58.8 57.2 Selling and marketing expenses 39.3 36.4 31.0 Depreciation and amortization expenses 28.0 24.9 25.6 Total operating expenses 132.7 120.1 113.8 Income from operations 34.0 67.4 57.2 Other income/(expense): Foreign exchange loss — (5.0 ) (2.5 ) Interest and other income 3.6 2.6 2.0 Income before income taxes 37.6 65.0 56.7 Income tax expense 5.2 16.9 14.9 Net income $ 32.4 $ 48.1 $ 41.8 Table of Contents Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013 Revenues The decrease in revenues from our operations management services of $6.3 million was primarily due to the decrease in revenues from Travelers of $36.4 million ($26.0 million due to the reimbursement of disentanglement costs and $10.4 million due to certain services being transitioned away throughout 2014) during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, and $4.6 million due to net impact of depreciation of the Indian rupee and appreciation of the U.K. pound sterling against the U.S. dollar during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease was offset by an increase in revenues from the Overland acquisition aggregating to $12.2 million and net volume increases from our existing and new clients of $22.5 million. The increase in revenues from our analytics and business transformation services of $27.1 million was primarily driven by an increase in revenues of $21.4 million in our recurring and project-based engagements in analytics and an increase in revenues of $7.3 million from our finance transformation and operations consulting services, including $4.4 million from the Blue Slate acquisition. This increase was offset by a decrease in revenues from Travelers of $1.6 million due to services being transitioned away in 2014. Revenues from new clients for analytics and business transformation services were $6.6 million and $3.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Cost of Revenues The increase in cost of revenues was primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs of $40.1 million (including $10.5 million of employee-related costs related to the Overland and Blue Slate acquisitions). The increase of $29.6 million in employee-related cost is due to annual wage increments and an increase in our average headcount of personnel directly involved in providing services to our clients. We also experienced an increase in facilities, technology and other operating expenses of $8.8 million (including $1.6 million related to the Overland and Blue Slate acquisitions) in connection with our new operations centers in India and the Philippines and to support business growth. Cost of revenues further increased by $1.0 million due to increase in reimbursable expenses, resulting in corresponding increase in revenues. The increase was partially offset by $8.3 million due to the impact of depreciation of the Indian rupee and the Philippines peso against the U.S. dollar during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues increased from 60.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 66.6% for the year ended December 31, 2014. 55 Year ended December 31, Percentage change 2014 2013 Change (dollars in millions) Operations Management $ 388.7 $ 395.0 $ (6.3 ) -1.6 % Analytics and Business Transformation 110.6 83.5 27.1 32.5 % Total revenues, net $ 499.3 $ 478.5 $ 20.8 4.4 % Year ended December 31, Percentage change 2014 2013 Change (dollars in millions) Revenues, net $ 499.3 $ 478.5 $ 20.8 4.4 % Cost of revenues 332.6 291.0 41.6 14.3 % Gross profit $ 166.7 $ 187.5 $ (20.8 ) -11.1 % As a percentage of revenues 33.4 % 39.2 % Table of Contents Gross Profit . Gross profit decreased by $20.8 million, or 11.1% from $187.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $166.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to the impact of reimbursement of disentanglement cost to Travelers of $26.3 million and higher employee-related costs, partially offset by higher revenues. Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs of $7.9 million (including $2.4 million of employee-related costs related to the Overland and Blue Slate acquisitions). The increase of $5.5 million in employee-related cost is due to annual wage increments and an increase in our average headcount. We also experienced an increase in our other SG&A expenses of $2.6 million (including $0.6 million related to the Overland and Blue Slate acquisitions). The increase in other SG&A was primarily due to an increase in legal and professional fees associated with our acquisitions and other strategic initiatives, increase in our facilities costs in connection with our new operations centers in India and the Philippines and other marketing related costs. This increase was partially offset by a decrease of $1.0 million due to the impact of depreciation of the Indian rupee and the Philippines peso against the U.S. dollar during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased $3.1 million, or 12.5% from $24.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $28.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in amortization of intangibles of $0.3 million was primarily due to our Overland and Blue Slate acquisitions. Further, there was an increase in our depreciation expense of $3.5 million, primarily due to depreciation related to our new capital investments to support business growth, our new operations centers in India and the Philippines and $0.2 million related to the Overland and Blue Slate acquisitions. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $0.7 million due to depreciation of the Indian rupee and the Philippine peso against the U.S. dollar during the year ended December 31, 2014. Income from Operations. Income from operations decreased $33.4 million, or 49.5% from $67.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $34.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. As a percentage of revenues, income from operations decreased from 14.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 6.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in income from operations as a percentage of revenues was primarily due to lower gross profit and higher SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenues during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. 56 Year ended December 31, Percentage change 2014 2013 Change (dollars in millions) General and administrative expenses $ 65.4 $ 58.8 $ 6.6 11.2 % Selling and marketing expenses 39.3 36.4 2.9 8.0 % Selling, general and administrative expenses $ 104.7 $ 95.2 $ 9.5 10.0 % As a percentage of revenues 21.0 % 19.9 % Year ended December 31, Percentage change 2014 2013 Change (dollars in millions) Depreciation and amortization expense $ 21.4 $ 18.6 $ 2.8 15.0 % Intangible amortization expense 6.6 6.3 0.3 5.1 % Depreciation and amortization expense $ 28.0 $ 24.9 $ 3.1 12.5 % As a percentage of revenues 5.6 % 5.2 % Table of Contents Other Income/(Expense). Net foreign exchange losses were attributable to movement of the U.S. dollar against the Indian rupee, the U.K. pound sterling and the Philippine peso during the year ended December 31, 2014. The average exchange rate of the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar increased from 58.8 during the year ended December 31, 2013 to 61.1 during the year ended December 31, 2014. Increase in net interest and other income of $1.0 million, was primarily due to higher yield on investments as a result of higher average cash balances during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense decreased from $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The effective tax rate decreased from 26.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 13.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to the reversal of an unrecognized tax benefit of $2.2 million and federal losses in the United States related to reimbursement of disentanglement costs to Travelers. The federal losses are expected to be carried back to the prior year tax return and result in a current year tax benefit of $1.9 million (refer to Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for further details). Net Income. Net income decreased from $48.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $32.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to a decrease in income from operations of $33.4 million, partially offset by an increase in other income of $6.0 million and a decrease in income tax expense of $11.7 million. As a percentage of revenues, net income decreased from 10.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 6.5% for the year ended December 31, 2014. Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012 Revenues. The increase in revenues from operations management services of $28.2 million was primarily driven by increased revenues of $17.2 million from our acquisition of Landacorp Inc. (the “Landacorp acquisition”) in 2012 and net volume increases from existing and new clients aggregating to $22.8 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in revenues of $11.4 million, primarily due to the depreciation of the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 and $0.3 million due to reimbursement to Travelers for certain of their expenses incurred in connection with the termination. The increase in revenues from analytics and business transformation services was primarily due to an increase in our recurring and project-based engagements in our decision analytics and finance transformation services. Revenues from new clients for analytics and business transformation services were $3.0 million and $9.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 57 Year ended December 31, Percentage change 2014 2013 Change (dollars in millions) Foreign exchange loss $ — $ (5.0 ) $ 5.0 99.9 % Net interest and other income 3.6 2.6 1.0 41.5 % Other income/(expense) $ 3.6 $ (2.4 ) $ 6.0 247.3 % Year ended December 31, Percentage change 2013 2012 Change (dollars in millions) Operations Management $ 395.0 $ 366.8 $ 28.2 7.7 % Analytics and Business Transformation 83.5 76.1 7.4 9.6 % Total revenues, net $ 478.5 $ 442.9 $ 35.6 8.0 % Table of Contents Cost of Revenues. The increase in cost of revenues was primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs of $30.8 million as a result of an increase in the number of our personnel directly involved in providing services to our clients, including $5.9 million of employee-related costs related to the Landacorp acquisition. We also experienced an increase in facilities, technology and other operating expenses of $6.4 million (primarily due to the Landacorp acquisition and new operations centers to support business growth). These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $17.9 million due to the depreciation of the Indian rupee and the Philippine peso against the U.S. dollar during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues decreased from 61.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 60.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013. Gross Profit . The increase in gross profit as a percentage of revenues was primarily due to higher gross margins from the Landacorp acquisition and depreciation of the Indian rupee and the Philippine peso against the U.S. dollar during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was partially offset by the lower gross margins in our analytics and business transformation business segment due to lower utilization resulting from advance hiring for future growth and higher operating expenses. Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs of $9.9 million, including $5.0 million of employee-related costs related to the Landacorp acquisition. We also experienced an increase in other SG&A expenses primarily due to a write-off of an accounts receivable of $2.0 million acquired as part of the Landacorp acquisition. These increases were partially offset by the decrease of $1.8 million in legal and professional expenses incurred during 2012 related to the Landacorp acquisition and the legal entity rationalization project, the Business Employment Incentive Program grants of $0.7 million from the New Jersey government during the year ended December 31, 2013 and by a decrease of $2.7 million due to the depreciation of the Indian rupee and the Philippine peso against the U.S. dollar during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. 58 Year ended December 31, Percentage change 2013 2012 Change (dollars in millions) Revenues, net $ 478.5 $ 442.9 $ 35.6 8.0 % Cost of revenues 291.0 271.9 19.1 7.0 % Gross profit $ 187.5 $ 171.0 $ 16.5 9.6 % As a percentage of revenues 39.2 % 38.6 % Year ended December 31, Percentage change 2013 2012 Change (dollars in millions) General and administrative expenses $ 58.8 $ 57.2 $ 1.6 2.8 % Selling and marketing expenses 36.4 31.0 5.4 17.3 % Selling, general and administrative expenses $ 95.2 $ 88.2 $ 7.0 7.9 % As a percentage of revenues 19.9 % 19.9 % Table of Contents Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense marginally decreased $0.7 million, or 2.8% from $25.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $24.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily driven by a decrease of $1.5 million due to depreciation of the Indian rupee and the Philippine peso against the U.S. dollar during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in amortization of acquisition-related intangibles of $0.7 million and depreciation related to the Landacorp acquisition of $0.2 million. As we add more operations centers, we expect that depreciation expense will increase to reflect the additional investment in equipment and operations centers necessary to meet our service requirements. Income from Operations. Income from operations increased $10.2 million, or 17.8% from $57.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $67.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenues, income from operations increased from 12.9% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 14.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in income from operations as a percentage of revenues was primarily due to higher gross profit as a percentage of revenues. Other Income/(Expense). Net foreign exchange losses were attributable to movement of the U.S. dollar against the Indian rupee, U.K. pound sterling and the Philippine peso during the year ended December 31, 2013. The average exchange rate of the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar increased from 53.40 during the year ended December 31, 2012 to 58.83 during the year ended December 31, 2013. Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense increased from $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The effective tax rate decreased marginally from 26.2% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 26.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013. Refer to Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for further details. Net Income. Net income increased from $41.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $48.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in operating income of $10.2 million, offset by a decrease in other income of $1.9 million and an increase in income tax expense of $2.0 million. As a percentage of revenues, net income increased from 9.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 10.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013. 59 Year ended December 31, Percentage change 2013 2012 Change (dollars in millions) Depreciation and amortization expense $ 18.6 $ 20.0 $ (1.4 ) -6.8 % Intangible amortization expense 6.3 5.6 0.7 11.7 % Depreciation and amortization expense $ 24.9 $ 25.6 $ (0.7 ) -2.8 % As a percentage of revenues 5.2 % 5.8 % Year ended December 31, Percentage change 2013 2012 Change (dollars in millions) Foreign exchange losses $ (5.0 ) $ (2.5 ) $ (2.5 ) -98.9 % Net interest and other income 2.6 2.0 0.6 27.5 % Other income/(expense) $ (2.4 ) $ (0.5 ) $ (1.9 ) -377.1 % Table of Contents Liquidity and Capital Resources As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had $188.1 million and $154.1 million, respectively in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments (including $110.5 million and $67.2 million, respectively held by our foreign subsidiaries). We do not intend to repatriate our overseas funds since our future growth partially depends upon continued infrastructure and technology investments, geographical expansions and acquisitions outside of the U.S. Therefore, we intend to reinvest the earnings generated outside of the U.S. If we were to repatriate our overseas funds, we would accrue and pay applicable taxes. Operating Activities : Cash flows provided by operating activities decreased by $16.1 million from $82.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $66.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Generally, factors that affect our earnings—including pricing, volume of services, costs and productivity—affect our cash flows provided by operations in a similar manner. However, while management of working capital, including timing of collections and payments affects operating results only indirectly, the impact on the working capital and cash flows provided by operating activities can be significant. The decrease in cash flows provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 is due to a decrease in net income adjusted for non-cash expenses by $9.7 million and net decrease in working capital by $6.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended on December 31, 2013. Investing Activities: Cash flows used for investing activities increased by $70.8 million from $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $88.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was due to net cash paid for the Overland and Blue Slate acquisitions of $51.9 million and $6.3 million, respectively during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $1.2 million related to the Landacorp acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2013. Further, there was an increase in capital expenditure by $11.8 million related to networking equipment, computers, software and our new operations centers in India and the Philippines and an increase in short-term investments of $2.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. Financing Activities: Cash flows provided by financing activities was $52.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to cash flow used by financing activities of $15.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase is primarily due to $50.0 million of borrowings under the Credit Agreement (as described below in “— Financing Arrangements” ) and by a decrease in cash flow used for purchase of treasury stock of $18.3 million under the 2013 shares repurchase program during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. We expect to use cash from operating activities to maintain and expand our business. As we have focused on expanding our cash flow from operating activities we continue to make capital investments, primarily related to new facilities and capital expenditures associated with leasehold improvements to build our facilities and the purchase of telecommunications equipment and computer hardware and software in connection with managing client operations. We incurred $27.7 million of capital expenditures in the year ended December 31, 2014. We expect to incur capital expenditures of between $20 million to $25 million in the year 2015, primarily to meet our growth requirements, including additions to our facilities as well as investments in technology applications and infrastructure. 60 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 (dollars in millions) Opening cash and cash equivalents $ 148.1 $ 103.0 Net cash provided by operating activities 66.7 82.8 Net cash used for investing activities (88.3 ) (17.5 ) Net cash provided by/(used for) financing activities 52.9 (15.7 ) Effect of exchange rate changes (2.9 ) (4.5 ) Closing cash and cash equivalents $ 176.5 $ 148.1 Table of Contents In connection with any tax assessment orders that have been issued or may be issued against us or our subsidiaries, we may be required to deposit additional amounts with respect to such assessment orders (refer to Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements for further details). We anticipate that we will continue to rely upon cash from operating activities to finance our smaller acquisitions, capital expenditures and working capital needs. If we have significant growth through acquisitions, we may need to obtain additional financing. Financing Arrangements (Debt Facility) We and certain of our subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement with the lenders identified therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, that became effective as of October 27, 2014 (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides for a $50 million revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) including a letter of credit sub-facility, for a period of five years. We have an option to increase the commitments under the Credit Facility, subject to certain approvals and conditions as set forth in the Credit Agreement. The credit facility has a maturity date of October 24, 2019 and is voluntarily prepayable from time to time without premium or penalty. Depending on the type of borrowing, loans under the Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to the specified prime rate (alternate base rate) or adjusted LIBO rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin is tied to our leverage ratio and ranges from 0.25% to 0.75% per annum with respect to loans (“ABR Loans”) pegged to the specified prime rate, and 1.25% to 1.75% per annum on loans (“Eurodollar Loans”) pegged to the adjusted LIBO rate (such applicable margin, the “Applicable Rate”). The revolving credit commitments under the Credit Facility are subject to a commitment fee. The commitment fee is also tied to our leverage ratio, and ranges from 0.20% to 0.30% per annum on the average daily amount by which the aggregate revolving commitments exceed the sum of outstanding revolving loans and letter of credit obligations. The Credit Facility is guaranteed by our domestic subsidiaries and material foreign subsidiaries. The obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by all or substantially all of the assets of the borrower and its material domestic subsidiaries. The Credit Agreement contains certain covenants including a restriction on our indebtedness. The Company drew the full $50 million under the Credit Agreement during the year ended December 31, 2014 and, as of December 31, 2014; the borrowings under the Credit Agreement are shown as a long-term borrowing in the consolidated balance sheet. The credit facility carried an interest rate of 1.5% per annum during the year ended December 31, 2014. Borrowings under the Credit Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes of the Company and its subsidiaries. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements As of December 31, 2014, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements or obligations. Contractual Obligations The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014: 61 Payment Due by Period Less than 1-3 4-5 After 1 year years years 5 years Total (dollars in millions) Capital leases $ 0.9 $ 0.6 $ 0.1 $ — $ 1.6 Operating leases 8.5 7.7 3.1 1.1 20.4 Purchase obligations 12.2 — — — 12.2 Other obligations (a) 2.1 3.5 2.8 3.6 12.0 Total contractual cash obligations (b) $ 23.7 $ 11.8 $ 6.0 $ 4.7 $ 46.2 (a) Represents estimated payments under the Gratuity Plan. (b) Excludes $2.8 million related to uncertain tax positions, since the extent of the amount and timing of payment is currently not reliably estimable or determinable. Table of Contents Certain units of our Indian subsidiaries were established as 100% Export-Oriented units or under the “STPI” scheme promulgated by the Government of India. These units are exempt from customs, central excise duties, and levies on imported and indigenous capital goods, stores, and spares. We have undertaken to pay custom duties, service taxes, levies, and liquidated damages payable, if any, in respect of imported and indigenous capital goods, stores, and spares consumed duty free, in the event that certain terms and conditions are not fulfilled. We believe, however, that these units have in the past satisfied and will continue to satisfy the required conditions. Our operations centers in the Philippines are registered with the “PEZA.” The registration provides us with certain fiscal incentives on the import of capital goods and requires that ExlService Philippines, Inc. (“Exl Philippines”) meet certain performance and investment criteria. We believe that these centers have in the past satisfied and will continue to satisfy the required criteria. Recent Accounting Pronouncements For a description of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 2—“Recent Accounting Pronouncements” under Item 1—“Financial Statements” to our consolidated financial statements. 62 Table of Contents General Market risk is the loss of future earnings, fair values or future cash flows that may result from a change in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in the interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is attributable to all market sensitive financial instruments including foreign currency receivables and payables. Our exposure to market risk is a function of our expenses and revenue generating activities in foreign currencies. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of our earnings and equity to loss. We manage market risk through our treasury operations. Our senior management and our Board of Directors approve our treasury operations’ objectives and policies. The responsibilities of our treasury operations include management of cash resources, implementing hedging strategies for foreign currency exposures, borrowing strategies, if any, and ensuring compliance with market risk limits and policies. Components of Market Risk Foreign Currency Risk. Our exposure to market risk arises principally from exchange rate risk. Although substantially all of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars (73.9% in the year ended December 31, 2014) or U.K. pounds sterling (20.4% in the year ended December 31, 2014), a substantial portion of our expenses were incurred and paid in Indian rupees and Philippine peso (46.5% and 11.7%, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2014). We also incur expenses in U.S. dollars, the Czech koruna and the currencies of the other countries in which we have operations. The exchange rates among the Indian rupee, the Philippine peso, U.K. pound sterling, Czech koruna and the U.S. dollar have changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency revenues, expenses incurred by our foreign subsidiaries and foreign currency accounts receivable and payable. Based upon our level of operations during the year ended December 31, 2014 and excluding any hedging arrangements that we had in place during that period, a 10% appreciation/depreciation in the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar would have increased/decreased our revenues in the year ended December 31, 2014 by approximately $12.0 million and increased/decreased our expenses incurred and paid in Indian rupees by approximately $20.0 million, respectively. We have sought to reduce the effect of the Indian rupee and the Philippine peso and certain other local currency exchange rate fluctuations on our operating results by purchasing forward foreign exchange contracts (“cash flow hedges”) to cover a substantial portion of our expected cash flows. Further, a significant number of our customer contracts include protection against foreign exchange rate fluctuations which minimizes the impact of volatility in the exchange rates on our operating results. Cash flow hedges with notional amounts of $218.0 million were outstanding as at December 31, 2014, with maturity periods of one to forty five-months, compared to $187.4 million outstanding as at December 31, 2013. These contracts must be settled on the day of maturity or may be cancelled subject to the receipts or payments of any gains or losses respectively, equal to the difference between the contract exchange rate and the market exchange rate on the date of cancellation. We use these instruments for hedging our future expected cash flows and not for speculative purposes. As such, we may not purchase adequate contracts to insulate ourselves from Indian rupee and Philippine peso foreign exchange currency risks. In addition, any such contracts may not perform adequately as a hedging mechanism. We may, in the future, adopt more active hedging policies, and have done so in the past. We also enter into foreign currency forward contracts to economically hedge our intercompany balances and other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than functional currencies. These derivatives do not qualify as fair value hedges under ASC topic 815, “ Derivatives and Hedging ” (“ASC No. 815”). Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognized in the consolidated statements of income and are included in foreign exchange loss. 63 ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk Table of Contents These derivative instruments do not subject us to material balance sheet risk due to exchange rate movements because gains and losses on the settlement of these derivatives are intended to offset revaluation losses and gains on the assets and liabilities being hedged. Forward exchange contracts with notional amounts of $58.0 million and GBP 10.9 million were outstanding at December 31, 2014 compared to $74.7 million and GBP 11.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2014, the outstanding derivative instruments had maturities of 31 days or less. Interest Rate Risk. As described in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” on October 24, 2014 we entered into a Credit Agreement that provides for a $50 million revolving credit facility. Depending on the type of borrowing, loans under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate equal to the specified prime rate (alternate base rate) or adjusted LIBO rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin is tied to the Company’s leverage ratio and ranges from 0.25% to 0.75% per annum with respect to loans (“ABR Loans”) pegged to the specified prime rate, and 1.25% to 1.75% per annum on loans (“Eurodollar Loans”) pegged to the adjusted LIBO rate (such applicable margin, the “Applicable Rate”). The revolving credit commitments under the Credit Agreement are subject to a commitment fee. The commitment fee is also tied to the Company’s leverage ratio, and ranges from 0.20% to 0.30% per annum on the average daily amount by which the aggregate revolving commitments exceed the sum of outstanding revolving loans and letter of credit obligations We have cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments totaling $188.1 million and $154.1 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These amounts were invested principally in a short-term investment portfolio primarily comprised of highly-rated mutual funds, money market accounts and time deposits. The cash and cash equivalents are held for potential acquisitions of complementary businesses or assets, working capital requirements and general corporate purposes. We do not enter into these investments for trading or speculative purposes. We believe that we have no material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. The interest income from these funds are subject to fluctuations due to changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates would reduce future investment income. A 50 basis points change in short term rates would impact our interest income for the year ended December 31, 2014 by approximately $0.3 million. Credit Risk. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we have accounts receivable of $80.2 million and $76.1 million, respectively. We believe that our credit policies reflect normal industry terms and business risk. We do not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties and, accordingly, do not require collateral. Credit losses and write-offs of accounts receivable balances have historically not been material, except for a write-off of $2.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. No single client owed more than 10% of accounts receivable balance as on December 31, 2014 and 2013. The financial statements required to be filed pursuant to this Item 8 are appended to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. A list of the financial statements filed herewith is found at “Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.” None. 64 ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreement with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Table of Contents Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Company files under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), to allow timely decisions regarding required financial disclosure. In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company’s management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2014. Based upon that evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls, as of December 31, 2014, and procedures were effective. Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements Responsibility for the objectivity, integrity and presentation of the accompanying financial statements and other financial information presented in this report rests with our management. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“US GAAP”). The financial statements include amounts that are based on estimates and judgments which management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, is retained to audit the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Its accompanying reports are based on audits conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The Audit Committee of the board of directors is composed solely of independent directors and is responsible for recommending to the Board of Directors the independent public accounting firm to be retained for the coming year. The Audit Committee meets regularly and privately with the independent public accountants, with the Company’s internal auditors and with management to review accounting, auditing, internal control and financial reporting matters. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Those rules define internal control over financial reporting as a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: 65 ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures • pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions; • provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.; • provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with the authorization of our management and our board of directors; and • provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. Table of Contents Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. In making this assessment, management used the criteria described in “ Internal Control—Integrated Framework ” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework). Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of our internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of the board of directors. Based on this assessment and those criteria, management concluded that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. See Ernst & Young LLP’s accompanying report on their audit of our internal controls over financial reporting. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting During the three months ended December 31, 2014, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. In making its assessment of the changes in internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2014, our management excluded an evaluation of the disclosure controls and procedures of Overland which we acquired on October 24, 2014 and Blue Slate which we acquired on July 1, 2014 and constituted $79,282 thousands and $74,991 thousands of total and net assets, respectively as of December 31, 2014 and $16,624 thousands of revenues for the year then ended. See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements for details of our acquisitions. None. 66 ITEM 9B. Other Information Table of Contents PART III. Code of Ethics. We have adopted a code of conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions. Our code of conduct and ethics can be found posted in the investor relations section on our website at http://ir.exlservice.com/governance.cfm. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code of conduct and ethics by posting such information on our website at the address and the location specified above. The additional information required by this Item 10 will be set forth in the definitive proxy statement for our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), including under the headings “Our Board of Directors”, “Our Executive Officers” and “Corporate Governance — Committees — Audit Committee”, “— Committees — Nominating and Governance Committee” and “— Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”, and is incorporated herein by reference. We intend to file the Proxy Statement with the SEC within 120 days after the fiscal year end of December 31, 2014. We incorporate by reference the information responsive to this Item appearing in our Proxy Statement, including under the headings “Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, “— Compensation Committee Report”, “— Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2014”, “— Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for Fiscal Year 2014”, “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2014 Year-End”, “Option Exercises and Stock Vested During Fiscal Year 2014”, “— Pension Benefits for Fiscal Year 2014”, “— Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control at Fiscal 2014 Year-End”, “— Director Compensation for Fiscal Year 2014”, “— Risk and Compensation Policies” and “Corporate Governance — Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”. We incorporate by reference the information responsive to this Item appearing in our Proxy Statement, including under the heading “Principal Stockholders”. We incorporate by reference the information responsive to this Item appearing in our Proxy Statement, including under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance — Director Independence”. We incorporate by reference the information responsive to this Item appearing in our Proxy Statement, including under the heading “Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Audit and Non-Audit Fees.” 67 ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ITEM 11. Executive Compensation ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services Table of Contents PART IV. The consolidated financial statements are listed under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 2. Financial Statement Schedules. Financial statement schedules as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, have been omitted since they are either not required, not material or the information is otherwise included in our consolidated financial statements or the notes to our consolidated financial statements. 3. Exhibits. The Exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such Exhibits, which Exhibit Index is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference. 68 ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules (a) 1. Financial Statements. (b) Exhibits. See Item 15(a)(3) above. (c) Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 15(a)(2) above. Table of Contents SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 69 Date: February 27, 2015 EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. By: / S / V ISHAL C HHIBBAR Vishal Chhibbar Chief Financial Officer (Duly Authorized Signatory, Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) Signature Title Date / S / R OHIT K APOOR Rohit Kapoor Chief Executive Officer, Vice-Chairman and Director (Principal Executive Officer) February 27, 2015 / S / G AREN K. S TAGLIN Garen K. Staglin Chairman of the Board February 27, 2015 / S / V ISHAL C HHIBBAR Vishal Chhibbar Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) February 27, 2015 / S / A NNE M INTO Anne Minto Director February 27, 2015 / S / S OM M ITTAL Som Mittal Director February 27, 2015 / S / D AVID B. K ELSO David B. Kelso Director February 27, 2015 / S / C LYDE W. O STLER Clyde W. Ostler Director February 27, 2015 / S / D R . M OHANBIR S AWHNEY Dr. Mohanbir Sawhney Director February 27, 2015 / S / D EBORAH K ERR Deborah Kerr Director February 27, 2015 Table of Contents INDEX TO EXHIBITS The following exhibits are being filed as part of this report or incorporated by reference as indicated therein: 70 2.1* Merger Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2011, by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc., F&A BPO Merger Sub, Inc., Business Process Outsourcing, Inc. and Shareholder Representative Services LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2011). 2.2 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 24, 2014, among ExlService.com, LLC, Heartland Acquisition Sub Corp., Overland Holdings, Inc., New Mountain Affiliated Investors, L.P., and New Mountain Partners, L.P., a New York limited partnership (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed October 30, 2014). 3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 25, 2006). 3.2 Third Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 2, 2011). 4.1 Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Amendment 5 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed on October 4, 2006). 4.2 Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 25, 2006). 10.1 Professional Services Agreement, dated March 7, 2006, between The Travelers Indemnity Company and ExlService Holdings, Inc. as amended by Amendment 3, effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2010). 10.2+ Employment Agreement, dated May 1, 2009, between exlservice.com (India) Private Limited and Vishal Chhibbar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2010). 10.3+ Letter Agreement, effective June 1, 2009, between ExlService Holdings, Inc, and Vishal Chhibbar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2010). 10.4+ Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement entered into by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc. and Vikram Talwar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009). 10.5+ Amendment, effective June 2, 2010, to the Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, dated December 16, 2008 between Vikram Talwar and ExlService Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2010). 10.6+ Summary of terms of compensation for Vikram Talwar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2010). 10.7+ Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement entered into by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc. and Rohit Kapoor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009). 10.8+ Amendment to the Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement entered into by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc. and Rohit Kapoor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2010). Table of Contents 71 10.9+ ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2003 India Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of Amendment 3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed on July 28, 2006). 10.10+ ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of Amendment 3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed July 28, 2006). 10.11+ ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of Amendment 3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed July 28, 2006). 10.12+ ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus India Subplan 1 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of Amendment 6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 17, 2006). 10.13+ Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2006 Omnibus India Subplan 1 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of Amendment 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 4, 2006). 10.14+ ExlService Holdings, Inc. Management Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of Amendment 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 4, 2006). 10.15+ Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of Amendment 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 4, 2006). 10.16+ Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of Amendment 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 4, 2006). 10.17+ Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2006 Omnibus India Subplan 1 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 of Amendment 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 4, 2006). 10.18+ ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus India Subplan 2 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 of Amendment 6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 17, 2006). 10.19+ Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2006 Omnibus India Subplan 2 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 of Amendment 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 4, 2006). 10.20+ Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2006 Omnibus India Subplan 2 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 of Amendment 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 4, 2006). 10.21+ Restricted Stock Award Agreement between Vikram Talwar and the Company dated July 27, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 of Amendment 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 4, 2006). 10.22+ Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Rohit Kapoor and the Company dated July 27, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 of Amendment 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 4, 2006). 10.23+ Amendment to ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 of Amendment 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 4, 2006). Table of Contents 72 10.24+ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement 1 under the 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of Amendment 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 4, 2006). 10.25+ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement 2 under the 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 of Amendment 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 4, 2006). 10.26+ Amendment No. 2 to ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 of Amendment 6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-121001) filed October 17, 2006). 10.27+ Letter Agreement, dated March 20, 2008, between Exl Service.com, Inc. and Rembert de Villa (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2011). 10.28+ Form of 2010 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (U.S.) under the 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 4, 2010). 10.29+ Form of 2010 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (International) under the 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 4, 2010). 10.30+ Form of 2010 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (U.S.) under the 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 4, 2010). 10.31+ Form of 2010 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (International) under the 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 4, 2010). 10.32+ Form of 2010 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (U.S.) under the 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (3 Year Variable Vesting) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 4, 2010). 10.33 Framework Agreement, dated July 25, 2005, between Centrica plc, the Company and ExlService.com (India) Private Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009). 10.34 Notice of Extension between Centrica plc and the Company, dated July 11, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 10, 2008). 10.35 Amendment No. 6, dated April 1, 2009, to the Framework Agreement between Centrica plc, the Company and ExlService.com (India) Private Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2010). 10.36+ Amendment No. 3 to ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-157076) filed February 2, 2009). 10.37* Framework Agreement, dated February 29, 2012, by and among Centrica plc, the Company and exl Service.com (India) Private Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed on June 1, 2012). 10.38+ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (U.S.) under the 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2014). Table of Contents 73 10.39 Credit Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2014, among ExlService Holdings, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and co-lead arranger, Citibank, N.A., as co-lead arranger, and the other Loan Parties and Lenders thereto. 10.40 First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Incremental Facility Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2015, by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc., each of its subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent for the Lenders. 21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company. 23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 31.1 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of ExlService Holdings, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 31.2 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of ExlService Holdings, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 32.1 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 32.2 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 101.INS XBRL Instance Document** 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema** 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase** 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase** 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase** 101.PRE XBRL Extension Presentation Linkbase** * Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to confidential treatment granted by the SEC. The omitted portions have been filed with the SEC. ** This exhibit will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such exhibit will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference. + Indicates management contract or compensatory plan required to be filed as an Exhibit. Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1 Page Consolidated Financial Statements: Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 F-5 Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 F-6 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 F-7 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 F-8 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 F-9 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-10 Table of Contents REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM The Board of Directors and Stockholders of ExlService Holdings, Inc. We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ExlService Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (“Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income/(loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ExlService Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), ExlService Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) and our report dated February 27, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP New York, New York February 27, 2015 F-2 Table of Contents REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM The Board of Directors and Stockholders of ExlService Holdings, Inc. We have audited ExlService Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) (the COSO criteria). ExlService Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. In our opinion, ExlService Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria. As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Overland Holdings, Inc. and Blue Slate Solutions, LLC., which is included in the 2014 consolidated financial statements of ExlService Holdings, Inc and constituted $79,282 thousands and $74,991 thousands of total and net assets, respectively as of December 31, 2014 and $16,624 thousands of revenues for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of ExlService Holdings, Inc. also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Overland Holdings, Inc. and Blue Slate Solutions, LLC. F-3 Table of Contents We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of ExlService Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income/(loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 and our report dated February 27, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP New York, New York February 27, 2015 F-4 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-5 December 31, December 31, 2014 2013 Assets Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents $ 176,499 $ 148,065 Short-term investments 11,577 5,987 Restricted cash 1,395 423 Accounts receivable, net 80,244 76,121 Prepaid expenses 5,783 5,168 Deferred tax assets, net 4,455 6,958 Advance income tax, net 9,905 2,024 Other current assets 12,533 7,881 Total current assets 302,391 252,627 Fixed assets, net 45,369 34,564 Restricted cash 3,258 3,568 Deferred tax assets, net 11,985 12,254 Intangible assets, net 46,979 34,115 Goodwill 139,599 107,407 Other assets 23,975 18,897 Total assets $ 573,556 $ 463,432 Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable $ 4,663 $ 4,714 Deferred revenue 7,690 8,618 Accrued employee cost 37,606 29,405 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 40,206 32,219 Current portion of capital lease obligations 803 1,119 Total current liabilities 90,968 76,075 Long term borrowings 50,000 — Capital lease obligations, less current portion 560 1,371 Non-current liabilities 12,870 19,812 Total liabilities 154,398 97,258 Commitments and contingencies (See Note 16) Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 15,000,000 shares authorized, none issued — — Stockholders’ equity: Common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 34,203,352 shares issued and 32,905,467 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 33,342,312 shares issued and 32,172,183 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 34 33 Additional paid-in-capital 233,173 214,522 Retained earnings 269,424 236,979 Accumulated other comprehensive loss (55,509 ) (60,718 ) Total stockholders’ equity including shares held in treasury 447,122 390,816 Less: 1,297,885 shares as of December 31, 2014 and 1,170,129 shares as of December 31, 2013, held in treasury, at cost (27,964 ) (24,642 ) Total stockholders’ equity 419,158 366,174 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 573,556 $ 463,432 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-6 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2012 Revenues, net $ 499,278 $ 478,452 $ 442,930 Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) 332,535 290,942 271,876 Gross profit 166,743 187,510 171,054 Operating expenses: General and administrative expenses 65,381 58,797 57,192 Selling and marketing expenses 39,294 36,376 31,007 Depreciation and amortization 28,028 24,917 25,623 Total operating expenses 132,703 120,090 113,822 Income from operations 34,040 67,420 57,232 Other income/(expense) : Foreign exchange loss (5 ) (4,990 ) (2,509 ) Interest and other income, net 3,603 2,547 1,997 Income before income taxes 37,638 64,977 56,720 Income tax expense 5,193 16,880 14,884 Net income 32,445 48,097 41,836 Earnings per share: Basic $ 0.99 $ 1.47 $ 1.31 Diluted $ 0.96 $ 1.42 $ 1.26 Weighted-average number of shares used in computing earnings per share: Basic 32,804,606 32,750,178 31,968,386 Diluted 33,636,593 33,842,938 33,171,105 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) (In thousands) See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. F-7 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2012 Net income $ 32,445 $ 48,097 $ 41,836 Other comprehensive income/(loss): Unrealized gain/(loss) on effective cash flow hedges, net of taxes $1,768, ($1,840) and $192, respectively 5,002 (7,759 ) 516 Foreign currency translation adjustment (5,462 ) (19,605 ) (4,149 ) Retirement benefits, net of taxes ($28), ($91) and ($65), respectively (34 ) (331 ) (193 ) Reclassification adjustments Realized loss on cash flow hedges, net of taxes $1,571, $1,625 and $2,106, respectively (1) 5,569 3,516 6,938 Retirement benefits, net of taxes $15, $31 and $26 (2) , respectively 134 108 99 Total other comprehensive (loss)/income 5,209 (24,071 ) 3,211 Total comprehensive income $ 37,654 $ 24,026 $ 45,047 (1) These are reclassified to net income and are included in the foreign exchange loss in the consolidated statements of income. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements. (2) These are reclassified to net income and are included in the computation of net periodic pension costs in the consolidated statements of income. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements. Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements F-8 Accumulated Additional Other Non - Common Stock Paid-in Retained Comprehensive Treasury Stock Controlling Shares Amount Capital Earnings Income/(Loss) Shares Amount Interest Total Balance as of December 31, 2011 31,496,461 $ 31 $ 173,926 $ 147,046 $ (39,858 ) (323,397 ) $ (2,693 ) $ 23 $ 278,475 Stock issued on exercise/vesting of equity awards 1,043,621 2 9,601 — — — — — 9,603 Non-employee stock options — — 32 — — — — — 32 Stock based compensation — — 9,416 — — — — — 9,416 Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation — — 2,273 — — — — — 2,273 Acquisition of treasury stock — — — — — (12,865 ) (331 ) — (331 ) Non controlling interest — — — — — — — 2 2 Other comprehensive income — — — — 3,211 — — — 3,211 Net income — — — 41,836 — — — — 41,836 Balance as of December 31, 2012 32,540,082 $ 33 $ 195,248 $ 188,882 $ (36,647 ) (336,262 ) $ (3,024 ) $ 25 $ 344,517 Stock issued on exercise/vesting of equity awards 802,230 — 5,489 — — — — — 5,489 Stock based compensation — — 11,832 — — — — — 11,832 Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation — — 1,953 — — — — — 1,953 Acquisition of treasury stock — — — — — (833,867 ) (21,618 ) — (21,618 ) Non controlling interest — — — — — — — (25 ) (25 ) Other comprehensive loss — — — — (24,071 ) — — — (24,071 ) Net income — — — 48,097 — — — — 48,097 Balance as of December 31, 2013 33,342,312 $ 33 $ 214,522 $ 236,979 $ (60,718 ) (1,170,129 ) $ (24,642 ) $ — $ 366,174 Stock issued on exercise/vesting of equity awards 861,040 1 6,459 — — — — — 6,460 Stock based compensation — — 11,011 — — — — — 11,011 Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation — — 1,181 — — — — — 1,181 Acquisition of treasury stock — — — — (127,756 ) (3,322 ) — (3,322 ) Other comprehensive income — — — — 5,209 — — — 5,209 Net income — — — 32,445 — — — — 32,445 Balance as of December 31, 2014 34,203,352 $ 34 $ 233,173 $ 269,424 $ (55,509 ) (1,297,885 ) $ (27,964 ) $ — $ 419,158 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In thousands) See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statement. F-9 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2012 Cash flows from operating activities: Net income $ 32,445 $ 48,097 $ 41,836 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 28,028 24,917 25,623 Loss on sale of business unit 149 190 — Write-off of accounts receivable — 2,029 — Stock-based compensation expense 11,011 11,832 9,416 Unrealized foreign exchange gain (424 ) (7,782 ) (943 ) Deferred income taxes 76 2,484 4,727 Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation (1,181 ) (1,953 ) (2,273 ) Others, net 146 153 185 Change in operating assets and liabilities (net of effect of acquisitions): Restricted cash (747 ) (62 ) (32 ) Accounts receivable 3,261 (5,678 ) (8,086 ) Prepaid expenses and other current assets (3,930 ) (3,418 ) (1,793 ) Accounts payable (146 ) (375 ) 3,019 Deferred revenue (947 ) 696 (3,721 ) Accrued employee costs 179 3,306 (570 ) Accrued expenses and other liabilities 8,426 5,565 (145 ) Advance income tax, net (7,841 ) 2,106 (1,313 ) Other assets (1,846 ) 685 (148 ) Net cash provided by operating activities 66,659 82,792 65,782 Cash flows from investing activities: Purchase of fixed assets (27,678 ) (15,916 ) (18,804 ) Business acquisition (net of cash acquired) (58,185 ) (1,183 ) (37,500 ) Purchase of short-term investments (9,134 ) (1,927 ) (7,351 ) Proceeds from redemption of short-term investments 6,735 1,491 8,821 Net cash used for investing activities (88,262 ) (17,535 ) (54,834 ) Cash flows from financing activities: Principal payments on capital lease obligations (967 ) (1,511 ) (1,640 ) Proceeds from long-term borrowings 50,000 — — Payment for purchase of non-controlling interest — (27 ) — Payment of debt issuance costs (405 ) — — Acquisition of treasury stock (3,322 ) (21,618 ) (331 ) Proceeds from exercise of stock options 6,459 5,489 9,603 Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation 1,181 1,953 2,273 Net cash (used for)/provided by financing activities 52,946 (15,714 ) 9,905 Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (2,909 ) (4,515 ) (209 ) Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 28,434 45,028 20,644 Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 148,065 103,037 82,393 Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 176,499 $ 148,065 $ 103,037 Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: Cash paid for interest $ 355 $ 592 $ 826 Cash paid for taxes, net of refund $ 11,204 $ 8,585 $ 13,779 Assets acquired under capital lease $ 366 $ 288 $ 243 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) 1. Organization and Basis of Presentation Organization ExlService Holdings, Inc. (“ExlService Holdings”) is organized as a corporation under the laws of the state of Delaware. ExlService Holdings, together with its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), is a leading provider of business process solutions that integrate operations management with analytics and business transformation to deliver actionable business insights and long-term business impact. The Company’s clients are located principally in the U.S. and the U.K. 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (a) Basis of Preparation and Principles of Consolidation The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”). The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a consolidated basis and reflect the financial statements of ExlService Holdings and all of its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. (b) Use of Estimates The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the consolidated statements of income during the reporting period. Although these estimates are based on management’s best assessment of the current business environment, actual results may be different from those estimates. The significant estimates and assumptions that affect the financial statements include, but are not limited to, allowance for doubtful receivables, service tax receivables, assets and obligations related to employee benefit plans, deferred tax valuation allowances, income-tax uncertainties and other contingencies, valuation of derivative financial instruments, stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization periods, purchase price allocation, recoverability of long-term assets including goodwill and intangibles, and estimates to complete fixed price contracts. (c) Foreign Currency Translation The functional currency of each entity in the Company is its respective local country currency which is also the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates except for the entities in Mauritius which use the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are re-measured into functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet dates. Transactions in foreign currencies are re-measured into functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. All transaction foreign exchange gains and losses are recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. The assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries for which the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars, the reporting currency, at the rate of exchange prevailing on the balance sheet dates. Revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates prevailing on the last business day of each month, which approximates the average monthly exchange rate. Resulting translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the audited consolidated balance sheets. F-10 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) (d) Revenue Recognition The Company derives its revenues from Operations Management and Analytics and Business Transformation services. Revenues from Operations Management are recognized primarily on a time-and-material, cost-plus, transaction—based and outcome-based pricing; revenues from Analytics and Business Transformation services are recognized primarily on a time-and-material and fixed price basis. The services provided by the Company under its contracts with the customer generally contain one unit of accounting except the software and related services contracts involving implementation services and post contract maintenance services. In such multiple element arrangements, revenue is allocated to maintenance based the price charged when that element is sold separately (vendor specific objective evidence or “VSOE”). Revenues are recognized under our contracts generally when four basic criteria are met; persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, services have been performed and collection of amounts billed is reasonably assured. Revenues under time-and-material, transaction-based and outcome-based contracts are recognized as the services are performed. Revenues are recognized on cost-plus contracts on the basis of contractually agreed direct and indirect costs incurred on a client contract plus an agreed upon profit mark-up. Such revenues are recognized as the related services are provided in accordance with the client contract. When the terms of the client contract specify service level parameters that must be met (such as turnaround time or accuracy), we monitor such service level parameters to determine if any service credits or penalties have been incurred. Revenues are recognized net of any service credits that are due to a client. Revenue on contingent fee based contracts is recognized when the related contingency has been met to the client’s satisfaction. Revenues for Company’s fixed-price Analytics and Business Transformation contracts are recognized using the proportional performance method when the pattern of performance under the contracts can be reasonably determined. We estimate the proportional performance of a contract by comparing the actual number of hours or days worked to the estimated total number of hours or days required to complete each engagement. The use of the proportional performance method requires significant judgment relative to estimating the number of hours or days required to complete the contracted scope of work, including assumptions and estimates relative to the length of time to complete the project and the nature and complexity of the work to be performed. We regularly monitor our estimates for completion of a project and record changes in the period in which a change in an estimate is determined. If a change in an estimate results in a projected loss on a project, such loss is recognized in the period in which it is first identified. The Company’s software and related services contracts generally contain software license, related services and maintenance elements. Maintenance revenues are generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term as they are separable and have VSOE. Services related to software licenses are evaluated to determine whether those services are significant or essential to the functionality of the software. When services are not considered essential, software license revenues and the related services are considered as one unit of accounting and recognized on a proportional performance basis or ratably as the services are performed. When services are significant or considered essential, revenues related to license fee and services are recognized as the services are performed using the percentage of completion method of accounting, under which the total value of revenue is recognized on the basis of the percentage that each contract’s total labor hours to date bears to the total expected labor hours (input method). The Company accrues revenue for services rendered between the last billing date and the balance sheet date. Accordingly, our accounts receivable include amounts for services that we have performed and for which an invoice has not yet been issued to the client. F-11 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) On November 1, 2013, the Company received a notice of termination from The Travelers Indemnity Company (“Travelers”) under the Professional Services Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2006, between the Company and Travelers (as amended from time to time, the “Services Agreement”), and is required to provide transition services for a period of up to eighteen months, including reimbursing Travelers for certain of their transition related expenses. The Company recognized $26,347 and $351 of such reimbursements as a reduction of revenues during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification topic 605-50-45, “Revenue Recognition (“ASC No. 605”).” Reimbursements of out-of-pocket expenses received from clients have been included as part of revenues on a gross basis. Revenues for the following periods include reimbursements of out-of-pocket expenses: (e) Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of ninety days or less to be cash equivalents. Pursuant to the Company’s investment policy, its surplus funds are kept as cash or cash equivalents and are invested in highly-rated mutual funds, money market accounts and time deposits to reduce its exposure to market risk with regard to these funds. Current restricted cash represents amounts on deposit with banks against bank guarantees issued through banks for equipment imports that will mature on various dates before December 31, 2015, as well as client funds held in dedicated bank accounts. Non-current restricted cash represents amounts on deposit with banks against bank guarantees issued through banks for equipment imports and for demands against pending income tax assessments (see Note 16 for details), that will mature on various dates after December 31, 2015. (f) Investments The Company’s investments consist of time deposits with financial institutions which are valued at cost and approximate fair value. Interest earned on such investments is included in interest income. Investments with original maturities greater than ninety days but less than twelve months are classified as short-term investments. Investments with maturities greater than twelve months from the balance sheet date are classified as long-term investments. (g) Accounts Receivable Accounts receivable are recorded net of allowances for doubtful accounts. Allowances for doubtful accounts are established through the evaluation of the accounts receivable aging and prior collection experience to estimate the ultimate collectability of these receivables. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had $120 and $91 of allowance for doubtful accounts, respectively. Accounts receivable include unbilled accounts receivable which represents revenues for services performed but yet to be billed to the client. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had $16,735 and $16,400 of unbilled accounts receivable, respectively. F-12 Year ended December 31, 2014 $ 19,606 Year ended December 31, 2013 $ 18,621 Year ended December 31, 2012 $ 18,862 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) (h) Fixed Assets Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Equipment held under capital leases are stated at the lower of present value of minimum lease payments at the inception of the leases or its fair value. Advances paid towards acquisition of fixed assets and the cost of fixed assets not yet placed in service before the end of the period are classified as construction in progress. Fixed assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable through an assessment of the estimated future undiscounted cash flows related to such assets. In the event that assets are found to be carried at amounts that are in excess of estimated undiscounted future cash flows, the carrying value of the related asset or group of assets is reduced to a level commensurate with fair value based on a discounted cash flow analysis. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Depreciation and amortization on equipment held under capital leases and leasehold improvements are computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the assets’ estimated useful lives or the lease term. The estimated lives used in determining depreciation are as follows: (i) Software Development Costs Costs incurred for developing software or enhancements to the existing software products to be sold are capitalized, including the salaries and benefits of employees that are directly involved in the installation and development, once technological feasibility has been established upon completion of a detailed design program or, in its absence, completion of a working model. The capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life. Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all post-implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred. (j) Business Combinations, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets ASC topic 805, “Business Combinations” (ASC No. 805), requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations. The guidance specifies criteria as to intangible assets acquired in a business combination that must be recognized and reported separately from goodwill. Under ASC topic 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other” (ASC No. 350), all assets and liabilities of the acquired businesses, including goodwill, are assigned to reporting units. Goodwill represents the cost of the acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible net assets purchased. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least on an annual basis, relying on a number of factors including operating results, business plans and estimated future cash flows of the reporting units to which it is assigned. Recoverability of goodwill is evaluated using a two-step process. F-13 Estimated Useful Life (Years) Network equipment, computers and software 3-5 Buildings 30 Leasehold improvements 3-8 Office furniture and equipment 3-7 Motor vehicles 2-5 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) The first step involves a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value. The fair value of the reporting unit is measured by discounting estimated future cash flows. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process involves a comparison of the fair value and carrying value of the goodwill of that reporting unit. If the carrying value of the goodwill of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. Goodwill of a reporting unit is tested for impairment annually or if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are initially valued and recognized at fair market value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over the estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment, if indicators of impairment arise. The evaluation of impairment is based upon a comparison of the carrying amount of the intangible asset to its fair value, which is calculated using the estimated future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the fair value of the intangible assets is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the asset is considered impaired and an impairment expense is recognized equal to any shortfall in the current period. The Company’s definite lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives as listed below using a straight-line method: (k) Derivative Financial Instruments. In the normal course of business, the Company uses derivative instruments for the purpose of mitigating the exposure from foreign currency fluctuation risks associated with forecasted transactions denominated in certain foreign currencies and to minimize earnings and cash flow volatility associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and not for speculative trading purposes. These derivative contracts are purchased within the Company’s policy and are with counterparties that are highly rated financial institutions. The Company hedges anticipated transactions that are subject to foreign exchange exposure with foreign currency exchange contracts that qualify as cash flow hedges. Changes in the fair value of these cash flow hedges which are deemed effective, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) (AOCI) until the hedged transactions occur and at that time are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges deemed ineffective are recognized in the consolidated statement of income and are included in foreign exchange loss. The Company also uses derivatives instruments consisting of foreign currency exchange contracts to economically hedge intercompany balances and other monetary assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognized in the consolidated statements of income and are included in foreign exchange loss. The Company evaluates hedge effectiveness of cash flow hedges at the time a contract is entered into as well as on an ongoing basis. If during this time, a contract is deemed ineffective, the change in the fair value is recorded in the consolidated statements of income and is included in foreign exchange loss. For hedge F-14 Customer relationships 3-15 years Leasehold benefits 3-8 years Developed technology 5-10 years Non-compete agreements 1-2 years Trade names and trademarks 3-5 years Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) relationships that are discontinued because the forecasted transaction is not expected to occur by the end of the originally specified period, any related derivative amounts recorded in equity are reclassified to earnings. (l) Employee Benefits Contributions to defined contribution plans are charged to the consolidated statements of income in the period in which services are rendered by the covered employees. Current service costs for defined benefit plans are accrued in the period to which they relate. The liability in respect of defined benefit plans is calculated annually by the Company using the projected unit credit method. Prior service cost, if any, resulting from an amendment to a plan is recognized and amortized over the remaining period of service of the covered employees. The Company recognizes its liabilities for compensated absences dependent on whether the obligation is attributable to employee services already rendered, relates to rights that vest or accumulate and payment is probable and estimable. (m) Share-Based Compensation The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense in the consolidated financial statements for awards of equity instruments to employees and non-employee directors based on the grant-date fair value of those awards. The Company recognizes these compensation costs, net of an estimated forfeiture rate, over the requisite service period of the award. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeiture differ from those estimates. On February 13, 2014, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved the program allowing for the grant of performance-based restricted stock units (“PRSUs”) to executive officers and other specified employees under its existing 2006 Omnibus Award Plan. Under this program, 50% of the PRSUs will cliff vest at the end of a three-year period based on a revenue target for 2016 (“PUs”). However, up to one-third of the PUs may be earned based on the Company’s revenue performance in each of 2014 and 2015 against annual revenue targets in those years. The total amount of PUs that the recipient earns based on these performance criteria, will be the greater of (i) the PUs earned in 2016 and (ii) the sum of the earned PUs in 2014 and 2015. The other 50% shall be based on a market condition (“MUs”) that is contingent on meeting or exceeding the total shareholder return relative to a group of peer companies specified under the program, measured over a three-year performance period. The award recipient may earn up to two hundred percent (200%) of the PRSUs granted based on the actual performance for both kinds of PRSUs. The fair value of each PU was determined based on the market price of one common share of the Company on the date of grant, and the associated compensation expense was calculated on the basis that performance targets to receive 100% of the PUs is probable of being achieved. The compensation expense for the PUs is recognized on a straight-line basis over the service period, which is through the end of 2016. Over this period, the number of shares that will be issued will be adjusted upward or downward based upon the probability of achievement of the performance targets. The ultimate number of shares issued and the related compensation cost recognized as an expense will be based on a comparison of the final performance metrics to the specified targets. The grant date fair value for the MUs was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model and the related compensation expense will be expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. All compensation expense related to the MUs will be recognized if the requisite performance period is fulfilled, even if the market condition is not achieved. F-15 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) (n) Income Taxes The Company calculates and provides for income taxes in each of the tax jurisdictions in which it operates. The deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying values of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and all operating losses carried forward, if any. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the applicable temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates or tax status is recognized in the statement of income in the period in which the change is identified. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company establishes provisions for uncertain tax provisions and related interest and penalties when the Company believes those tax positions are not more likely than not of being sustained, if challenged. (o) Financial Instruments and Concentration of Credit Risk Financial Instruments. For certain financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other current liabilities, recorded amounts approximate fair value due to the relatively short maturity periods of such instruments. Concentration of Credit Risk . Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, time deposits, accounts receivable and derivative financial instruments. By their nature, all such financial instruments involve risks including the credit risks of non-performance by counterparties. Pursuant to the Company’s investment policy, its surplus funds are maintained as cash or cash equivalents and are invested in highly-rated mutual funds, money market accounts and time deposits, placed with highly rated financial institutions to reduce its exposure to market risk with regard to these funds. Credit losses on accounts receivable have not been material because of a large concentration of revenues with a small number of large, established companies. The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its clients in conjunction with its revenue recognition processes as well as through its ongoing collectability assessment processes for accounts receivable. (p) Earnings Per Share Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares plus the potentially dilutive effect of common stock equivalents issued and outstanding at the reporting date, using the treasury stock method. Stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units that are anti-dilutive are excluded from the computation of weighted average shares outstanding. F-16 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share: (q) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss For the Company, comprehensive loss consists of net earnings, amortization of actuarial gain/(loss) on retirement benefits and changes in the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments. In addition, the Company enters into foreign currency exchange contracts, which are designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with ASC No. 815. Changes in the fair values of contracts that are deemed effective are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss until the settlement of those contracts. The balances as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows: (r) Accrued expenses and other current liabilities Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following: F-17 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2012 Numerators: Net income $ 32,445 $ 48,097 $ 41,836 Denominators: Basic weighted average common shares outstanding 32,804,606 32,750,178 31,968,386 Dilutive effect of share based awards 831,987 1,092,760 1,202,719 Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding 33,636,593 33,842,938 33,171,105 Earnings per share: Basic $ 0.99 $ 1.47 $ 1.31 Diluted $ 0.96 $ 1.42 $ 1.26 Weighted average common shares considered anti-dilutive in computing diluted earnings per share 114,395 268,219 413,493 December 31, December 31, 2014 2013 Cumulative currency translation adjustments $ (55,553 ) $ (50,091 ) Unrealized gain / (loss) on cash flow hedges, net of taxes of $603 and ($2,736) 872 (9,699 ) Retirement benefits, net of taxes of ($277) and ($263) (828 ) (928 ) Accumulated other comprehensive loss $ (55,509 ) $ (60,718 ) December 31, December 31, 2014 2013 Accrued expenses $ 24,451 $ 20,607 Derivative instruments 2,385 7,689 Client liability account 9,241 426 Other current liabilities 4,129 3,497 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities $ 40,206 $ 32,219 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) (s) Non-current liabilities Non-current liabilities consist of the following: Recent Accounting Pronouncements In March 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“the FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-05, “Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity” (“ASU 2013-05”). ASU 2013-05 applies to the release of the currency translation adjustment into net income when a parent either sells a part of all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity. ASU 2013-05 became effective from January 1, 2014 and the new guidance did not have any material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, “ Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists ” (“ASU 2013-11”). The provisions of the rule require an unrecognized tax benefit to be presented as a reduction to a deferred tax asset in the financial statements for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward except in circumstances when the carryforward or tax loss is not available at the reporting date under the tax laws of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes or the tax law does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purposes. When those circumstances exist, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. ASU No. 2013-11 became effective from January 1, 2014 and the new guidance did not have any material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2014-09”). The new standard is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and early adoption is not permitted. The comprehensive new standard will supersede existing revenue recognition guidance and require revenue to be recognized when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Adoption of the new rules could affect the timing of revenue recognition for certain transactions of the Company. ASU 2014-09 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 using either one of two methods: (i) retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented with the option to elect certain practical expedients as defined within ASU 2014-09; or (ii) retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures as defined per ASU 2014-09. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption and the implementation approach to be used. F-18 December 31, December 31, 2014 2013 Derivative instruments $ 576 $ 5,606 Unrecognized tax benefits 2,878 4,776 Deferred rent 5,977 4,973 Retirement benefits 1,544 3,543 Other non-current liabilities 1,895 914 Non-current liabilities $ 12,870 $ 19,812 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, “Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period” (“ASU 2014-12”). The amendments in ASU 2014-12 require that a performance target in a share based payment that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period should be accounted for as a performance condition. The amendments in ASU 2014-12 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and interim periods within those annual periods with early adoption permitted. Entities may apply the amendments in ASU 2014-12 either: (a) prospectively to all awards granted or modified after the effective date; or (b) modified retrospectively to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding on or after the beginning of the first annual period presented as of the adoption date. ASU 2014-12 is not applicable to the Company’s current stock based compensation plan and it does not expect this guidance to have any impact on the consolidated financial statements. In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements (Subtopic 205-40), Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern” (“ASU 2014-15” ) . ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the financial statements are issued and, if so, disclose that fact. Such evaluation is to be done for both annual and interim reporting periods, if applicable. Management is also required to evaluate and disclose whether its plans alleviate that doubt. The Company adopted the ASU 2014-15 and the new guidance did not have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-17, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“ASU 2014-17 ” ) . The amendments in this Update provide an acquired entity with an option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. An acquired entity may elect the option to apply pushdown accounting in the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs. An acquired entity should determine whether to elect to apply pushdown accounting for each individual change-in-control event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. If pushdown accounting is not applied in the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs, an acquired entity will have the option to elect to apply pushdown accounting in a subsequent reporting period to the acquired entity’s most recent change-in-control event. An election to apply pushdown accounting in a reporting period after the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurred should be considered a change in accounting principle in accordance with Topic 250, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections. If pushdown accounting is applied to an individual change-in-control event, that election is irrevocable. The amendments in this Accounting Standards Update are effective on November 18, 2014. After the effective date, an acquired entity can make an election to apply the guidance to future change-in-control events or to its most recent change-in-control event. However, if the financial statements for the period in which the most recent change-in-control event occurred already have been issued or made available to be issued, the application of this guidance would be a change in accounting principle. The adoption of ASU 2014-17 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. F-19 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) 3. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) Summarized quarterly results for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows: 4. Segment Information The Company’s business is divided into two reporting segments: Operations Management (previously called Outsourcing Services) and Analytics and Business Transformation (previously called Transformation Services). The Company changed its reporting segment nomenclature in 2014 in order to more accurately reflect the changing nature of its engagements with the clients. For comparability with the prior periods, the business composition of each segment remains unchanged. The Company provides various types of business process solutions utilizing Operations Management, analytics and technology. These services are provided in an integrated manner to clients in various industries. The chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) generally reviews financial information at the consolidated statement of income level disaggregated by its two segments, but does not review any information except for F-20 Three months ended 2014 March 31 June 30 September 30 December 31 Full Year Revenues, net $ 121,797 $ 119,738 $ 122,457 $ 135,286 $ 499,278 Gross profit 46,875 38,479 37,474 43,915 166,743 Net income $ 11,147 $ 7,762 $ 6,075 $ 7,461 $ 32,445 Earnings Per Share: Basic $ 0.34 $ 0.24 $ 0.18 $ 0.23 $ 0.99 Diluted $ 0.33 $ 0.23 $ 0.18 $ 0.22 $ 0.96 Weighted-average number of shares used in computing earnings per share: Basic 32,523,490 32,812,155 32,890,475 32,986,276 32,804,606 Diluted 33,428,544 33,673,669 33,676,665 33,761,462 33,636,593 Note: Stock compensation expense $ 4,176 $ 1,966 $ 2,376 $ 2,493 $ 11,011 Amortization of intangibles $ 1,536 $ 1,489 $ 1,441 $ 2,157 $ 6,623 Three months ended 2013 March 31 June 30 September 30 December 31 Full Year Revenues, net $ 116,006 $ 116,008 $ 122,315 $ 124,123 $ 478,452 Gross profit 43,093 42,078 50,266 52,073 187,510 Net income $ 9,762 $ 9,236 $ 13,240 $ 15,859 $ 48,097 Earnings Per Share: Basic $ 0.30 $ 0.28 $ 0.40 $ 0.48 $ 1.47 Diluted $ 0.29 $ 0.27 $ 0.39 $ 0.47 $ 1.42 Weighted-average number of shares used in computing earnings per share: Basic 32,521,481 32,778,800 32,907,281 32,788,489 32,750,178 Diluted 33,719,794 33,899,097 33,955,445 33,792,757 33,842,938 Note: Stock compensation expense $ 3,645 $ 2,860 $ 2,967 $ 2,360 $ 11,832 Amortization of intangibles $ 1,634 $ 1,596 $ 1,534 $ 1,536 $ 6,300 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) revenues and cost of revenues of these individual segments. Therefore, the Company does not allocate or evaluate operating expenses, interest expense or income, capital expenditures, and income taxes to its operating segments. Consequently, it is not practical to show assets, capital expenditures, depreciation or amortization by segment. The Company’s recent acquisition of Blue Slate Solutions, LLC (“Blue Slate”) and Overland Holdings, Inc. (“Overland”) are classified within the Analytics and Business Transformation and Operations Management, respectively. Revenues and cost of revenues for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, for Operations Management and Analytics and Business Transformation segments, respectively, are as follows: 5. Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets a) Blue Slate Solutions, LLC On July 1, 2014, the Company entered into a membership interest purchase agreement (the “Agreement”) with Blue Slate, a provider of Business Process Management and Technology Solutions that specializes in transforming operations through business process automation, use of innovative technologies, data integration and analytics. Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company has purchased all of the membership interests of Blue Slate for a cash consideration of $6,986, including working capital adjustments of $751. F-21 Year ended December 31, 2014 Year ended December 31, 2013 Operations Management Analytics and Business Transformation Total Operations Management Analytics and Business Transformation Total Revenues, net $ 388,665 $ 110,613 $ 499,278 $ 394,987 $ 83,465 $ 478,452 Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) 253,600 78,935 332,535 232,286 58,656 290,942 Gross profit $ 135,065 $ 31,678 $ 166,743 $ 162,701 $ 24,809 $ 187,510 Operating expenses 132,703 120,090 Other income/(expense) 3,598 (2,443 ) Income tax expense 5,193 16,880 Net income $ 32,445 $ 48,097 Year ended December 31, 2012 Operations Management Analytics and Business Transformation Total Revenues, net $ 366,767 $ 76,163 $ 442,930 Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) 222,860 49,016 271,876 Gross profit $ 143,907 $ 27,147 $ 171,054 Operating expenses 113,822 Other income/(expense) (512 ) Income tax expense 14,884 Net income $ 41,836 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) Blue Slate’s approach bolsters the Company’s strategy of embedding process automation and operational analytics into client offerings. As the Company pursues this approach through Business EXLerator Framework TM , Blue Slate brings the ability to work directly on clients’ core, mission-critical applications inside their IT environments to transform their business processes. This strengthens the Company’s position with regard to IT services providers that have strong technology foundations and enriches the Company’s value proposition to clients in addition to using the Company’s capabilities to deliver greater impact for its client base. Accordingly, the Company paid a premium for the acquisition which is being reflected in the goodwill recognized from the purchase price allocation of the total consideration paid by the Company. The Company’s purchase price allocation for the acquisition is as follows: The customer relationships, non-compete agreements and trade names and trademarks intangibles from the Blue Slate acquisition are being amortized over a useful life of five years, four years and three years, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014 the company recognized $125 of acquisition related costs. Such amounts are included under general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income. The Company’s results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes $4,378 of revenues of Blue Slate since July 1, 2014, the date on which acquisition was consummated. It is not practicable to disclose the net earnings since management does not allocate or evaluate operating expenses and income taxes to its domestic entities. The amount of goodwill recognized from the Blue Slate acquisition is deductible for tax purposes. b) Overland Holdings, Inc. On October 24, 2014, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Overland Holdings, Inc. (“Overland”) pursuant to a Plan of Merger (the “Merger”). The aggregate consideration for Overland’s acquisition was $65,940 (“Merger Consideration), including working capital adjustments of $12,940. The Merger Consideration was paid with existing cash on the Company’s balance sheet. A portion of the Merger Consideration otherwise payable in the Merger was placed into escrow as security for post-closing working capital adjustments and the indemnification obligations under the Merger Agreement. F-22 Amount (In thousands) Net tangible assets $ 1,313 Identifiable intangible assets: Customer relationships 804 Non-compete agreement 48 Trade Names & Trademarks 267 Goodwill 4,554 Total purchase price* $ 6,986 * Includes $750 deposited in escrow accounts in connection with the acquisition. Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) Overland, now as subsidiary of the Company is a leader in underwriting support services for Property & Casualty (“P&C”) insurers. It leverages proprietary workflow and automation technology, alongside transaction-based-pricing models to offer a well client demand aligned Business-process-as-a-service (BPaaS) solutions. Overland’s longstanding client relationships, experienced leadership team and technology-enabled services will enhance Company’s market leading position in Operations Management to P&C insurers and also strengthens Company’s onshore delivery capabilities. Overland’s technology and data directly connects and interfaces with its clients providing a truly integrated Operations Management solution. The acquisition presents an enormous opportunity to leverage Company’s analytics capabilities to enable Overland’s clients to increase the effectiveness of their underwriting. Accordingly, the Company paid a premium for the acquisition which is being reflected in the goodwill recognized from the purchase price allocation of the total consideration paid by the Company. The Company’s preliminary purchase price allocation for the acquisition is as follows: The customer relationships, trade names and trademarks and developed technology from the Overland acquisition are being amortized over a useful life of twelve, ten years and five years, respectively. Under ASC topic 805, “Business Combinations,” the preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquired may change up to a period of one year from the date of the acquisition. Accordingly, the Company may adjust the amounts recorded as of December 31, 2014 to reflect any revised valuations of the assets acquired or liabilities assumed. The Company’s purchase accounting as of December 31, 2014 was incomplete primarily due to the valuation of intangibles as of the acquisition date. During the year ended December 31, 2014 the company recognized $309 of acquisition related costs. Such amounts are included under general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income. The Company’s results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes $12,246 of revenues of Overland since October 24, 2014, the date on which acquisition was consummated. It is not practicable to disclose the net earnings since management does not allocate or evaluate operating expenses and income taxes to its domestic entities. The amount of goodwill recognized from the Overland acquisition is deductible for tax purposes. F-23 Amount (In thousands) Net tangible assets $ 18,873 Identifiable intangible assets: Customer relationships 12,200 Developed Technology 4,800 Trade Names & Trademarks 1,400 Goodwill 28,667 Total purchase price* $ 65,940 * Includes amount of $4,550 deposited in escrow accounts in connection with the acquisition. Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) Goodwill The following table sets forth details of the Company’s goodwill balance as of December 31, 2014: Based on the results of the impairment testing performed during the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company’s goodwill was not impaired. The Company makes every reasonable effort to ensure that it accurately estimates the fair value of the reporting units. However, future changes in the assumptions used to make these estimates could result in the recording of an impairment loss. Intangible Assets Information regarding the Company’s intangible assets is set forth below: F-24 Operations Management Analytics and Business Transformation Total Balance at January 1, 2013 $ 94,163 $ 16,785 $ 110,948 Currency translation adjustments (3,291 ) — (3,291 ) Allocation on sale of a business unit (1) (250 ) — (250 ) Balance at December 31, 2013 $ 90,622 $ 16,785 $ 107,407 Goodwill arising from Blue Slate acquisition — 4,554 4,554 Goodwill arising from Overland acquisition 28,667 — 28,667 Currency translation adjustments (529 ) — (529 ) Allocation on sale of a business unit (1) (500 ) — (500 ) Balance at December 31, 2014 $ 118,260 $ 21,339 $ 139,599 (1) Relates to the sale of a business unit (acquired with the acquisition of Business Process Outsourcing Inc.) during the year ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The net loss recognized from the sale of this business unit is $149 and $190 and is included under “other income/ (expense)” in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 respectively. As of December 31, 2014 Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Amount Customer relationships $ 51,598 $ (16,836 ) $ 34,762 Leasehold benefits 2,927 (2,004 ) 923 Developed technology 10,814 (2,402 ) 8,412 Non-compete agreements 1,365 (1,323 ) 42 Trade names and trademarks 4,990 (2,150 ) 2,840 $ 71,694 $ (24,715 ) $ 46,979 As of December 31, 2013 Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Amount Customer relationships $ 38,614 $ (12,201 ) $ 26,413 Leasehold benefits 2,986 (1,455 ) 1,531 Developed technology 6,013 (1,458 ) 4,555 Non-compete agreements 1,316 (1,316 ) — Trade names and trademarks 3,322 (1,706 ) 1,616 $ 52,251 $ (18,136 ) $ 34,115 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $6,623, $6,300 and $5,638, respectively. The weighted average life of intangible assets was 9.6 years for customer relationships, 8.0 years for leasehold benefits, 6.7 years for developed technology, 4.0 years for non-compete agreements and 7.8 years for trade names and trademarks excluding indefinite life trade names and trademarks. The Company had $900 of indefinite lived trade names and trademarks as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. 6. Fair Value Measurements ASC topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ” (ASC No. 820) defines fair value as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability. The fair value should be calculated based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, not on assumptions specific to the entity. In addition, the fair value of liabilities should include consideration of non-performance risk, including the Company’s own credit risk. ASC No. 820 establishes a three-level hierarchy of fair value measurements based on whether the inputs to those measurements are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. The fair-value hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available and consists of the following levels: F-25 Estimated amortization of intangible assets during the year ending December 31, 2015 $ 7,851 2016 $ 7,844 2017 $ 7,767 2018 $ 7,622 2019 $ 6,934 • Level 1—Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets; • Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets; and • Level 3—Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable. Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) The following table sets forth the Company’s assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The table excludes short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses for which fair values approximate their carrying amounts. Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value The assets and liabilities measured at fair value on recurring basis are summarized below: Derivative Financial Instruments: The Company’s derivative financial instruments consist of foreign currency forward exchange contracts. Fair values for derivative financial instruments are based on independent sources including highly rated financial institutions and are classified as Level 2. See Note 7 for further details on Derivatives and Hedge Accounting. 7. Derivatives and Hedge Accounting The Company uses derivative instruments and hedging transactions to mitigate exposure to foreign currency fluctuation risks associated with forecasted transactions denominated in certain foreign currencies and to minimize earnings and cash flow volatility associated with changes in foreign currency exchanges rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are largely forward foreign exchange contracts that are designated effective and that qualify as cash flow hedges under ASC No. 815. The Company also enters into foreign currency forward contracts to economically hedge its intercompany balances and other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than functional currencies. These derivatives do not qualify as fair value hedges under ASC No. 815. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognized in the consolidated statements of income and are included in foreign exchange loss. The Company’s primary exchange rate exposure is with the Indian Rupee, the U.K. pound sterling and the Philippine peso. The Company also has exposure to Czech koruna and other local currencies in which it operates. F-26 As of December 31, 2014 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Assets Money market and mutual funds $ 127,347 $ — $ — $ 127,347 Derivative financial instruments — 4,579 — 4,579 Total $ 127,347 $ 4,579 $ — $ 131,926 Liabilities Derivative financial instruments $ — $ 2,961 $ — $ 2,961 Total $ — $ 2,961 $ — $ 2,961 As of December 31, 2013 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Assets Money market and mutual funds $ 116,662 $ — $ — $ 116,662 Derivative financial instruments — 957 — 957 Total $ 116,662 $ 957 $ — $ 117,619 Liabilities Derivative financial instruments $ — $ 13,295 $ — $ 13,295 Total $ — $ 13,295 $ — $ 13,295 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) The Company had outstanding foreign exchange contracts totaling $276,018 and GBP 10,889 as of December 31, 2014 and totaling $262,085 and GBP 10,973 as of December 31, 2013. The Company estimates that approximately $1,142 of net derivative losses included in accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCI”) could be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months based on exchange rates prevailing as of December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2014, the maximum outstanding term of the cash flow hedges was forty-five months. The Company evaluates hedge effectiveness at the time a contract is entered into as well as on an ongoing basis. If during this time, a contract is deemed ineffective, the change in the fair value is recorded in the consolidated statements of income and is included in foreign exchange loss. For hedging positions that are discontinued because the forecasted transaction is not expected to occur by the end of the originally specified period, any related derivative amounts recorded in equity are reclassified to earnings. No such significant amounts of gains or losses were reclassified from AOCI into earnings during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. The following tables set forth the fair value of the foreign currency exchange contracts and their location on the consolidated financial statements: Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: F-27 December 31, December 31, 2014 2013 Other current assets: Foreign currency exchange contracts $ 1,243 $ 437 Other assets: Foreign currency exchange contracts $ 3,193 $ 423 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities: Foreign currency exchange contracts $ 2,385 $ 7,689 Other non current liabilities: Foreign currency exchange contracts $ 576 $ 5,606 December 31, December 31, 2014 2013 Other current assets: Foreign currency exchange contracts $ 143 $ 97 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) The following tables set forth the effect of foreign currency exchange contracts on the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: 8. Fixed Assets Fixed assets consist of the following: F-28 Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships Amount of Gain/(Loss) Recognized in AOCI on Derivative (Effective Portion) Location of Gain/(Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion) Amount of Loss Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion) Location of Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) Amount of Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 Foreign exchange contracts $ 6,770 $ (9,599 ) Foreign exchange loss $ (7,140 ) $ (5,141 ) Foreign exchange loss $ — $ — Derivatives not designated as Hedging Instruments Amount of Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives 2014 2013 Foreign exchange contracts Foreign exchange (loss)/gain $ 3,685 $ (3,149 ) December 31, December 31, 2014 2013 Owned Assets: Network equipment, computers and software $ 83,140 $ 63,428 Buildings 1,262 1,287 Land 826 842 Leasehold improvements 26,416 24,382 Office furniture and equipment 12,218 11,111 Motor vehicles 542 507 Capital work in progress 3,029 715 127,433 102,272 Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization (82,947 ) (69,242 ) $ 44,486 $ 33,030 Assets under capital leases: Network equipment, computers and software $ — $ 184 Leasehold improvements 961 1,955 Office furniture and equipment 219 1,079 Motor vehicles 848 934 2,028 4,152 Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization (1,145 ) (2,618 ) $ 883 $ 1,534 Fixed assets, net $ 45,369 $ 34,564 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) Depreciation and amortization expense excluding amortization of acquisition related intangibles for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $21,405, $18,617 and $19,985, respectively. Capital work in progress represents advances paid towards acquisition of fixed assets and cost of fixed assets and internally generated software costs not yet ready to be placed in service. 9. Capital Structure Common Stock The Company has one class of common stock outstanding. During the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company acquired 18,256 and 13,018 shares of common stock, respectively from employees in connection with withholding tax payments related to the vesting of restricted stock for a total consideration of $459 and $389, respectively. The weighted average purchase price of $25.14 and $29.89, respectively was the average of the high and low price of the Company’s share of common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on the trading day prior to the vesting date of the shares of restricted stock. The shares acquired are held as treasury stock. On December 30, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized up to an annual $20 million common stock repurchase program (the “2014 Repurchase Program”), under which shares may be purchased by the Company from time to time from the open market and through private transactions during each of the fiscal years 2015 to 2017. On November 7, 2013, the Company had announced a similar program, pursuant to which the Board of Directors authorized a $25 million common stock repurchase program (the “2013 Repurchase Program”), under which shares may be purchased by the Company from time to time from the open market and through private transactions. Repurchased shares under these programs are recorded as treasury shares and will be held until the Board of Directors designates that these shares be retired or used for other purposes. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company purchased 109,500 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $2,863 including commissions, representing an average purchase price per share of $26.14 under the 2013 Repurchase program. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company purchased 820,849 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $21,229 including commissions, representing an average purchase price per share of $25.86 under the 2013 Repurchase program. 10. Borrowings On October 24, 2014, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with certain lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. The Credit Agreement provides for a $50,000 revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”), including a letter of credit sub-facility, for a period of five years. The Company has an option to increase the commitments under the Credit Facility by up to an additional $50,000, subject to certain approvals and conditions as set forth in the Credit Agreement. The credit facility has a maturity date of October 24, 2019 and is voluntarily prepayable from time to time without premium or penalty. Borrowings under the Credit Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. The Company availed the entire $50,000 under the Credit Facility during the year ended December 31, 2014 and, as F-29 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) of December 31, 2014, the borrowings under the Credit Facility are shown as a long-term borrowing in the consolidated balance sheet. In connection with the financing, the Company incurred $444 as debt issuance costs, which are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the term of the Credit Facility on a straight line basis. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate equal to the specified prime rate (alternate base rate) or adjusted LIBO rate, plus, an applicable margin. The applicable margin is tied to the Company’s leverage ratio and ranges from 0.25% to 0.75% per annum with respect to loans (“ABR Loans”) pegged to the specified prime rate, and 1.25% to 1.75% per annum on loans (“Eurodollar Loans”) pegged to the adjusted LIBO rate (such applicable margin, the “Applicable Rate”). The revolving credit commitments under the Credit Agreement are subject to a commitment fee. The commitment fee is also tied to the Company’s leverage ratio, and ranges from 0.20% to 0.30% per annum on the average daily amount by which the aggregate revolving commitments exceed the sum of outstanding revolving loans and letter of credit obligations. The credit facility carried an interest rate of 1.5% per annum during the year ended December 31, 2014. The Credit Facility is guaranteed by the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and material foreign subsidiaries. The obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its material domestic subsidiaries. The Credit Agreement contains certain covenants including a restriction on indebtedness of the Company. 11. Employee Benefit Plans The Company’s Gratuity Plans in India and the Philippines provide for lump sum payment to vested employees on retirement or upon termination of employment in an amount based on the respective employee’s salary and years of employment with the Company. Liabilities with regard to the Gratuity Plans are determined by actuarial valuation using the projected unit credit method. Current service costs for the Gratuity Plan are accrued in the year to which they relate. Actuarial gains or losses or prior service costs, if any, resulting from amendments to the plans are recognized and amortized over the remaining period of service of the employees. F-30 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) The benefit obligation has been measured as of December 31, 2014. The following table sets forth the activity and the funded status of the Gratuity Plans and the amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements at the end of the relevant periods: Net gratuity cost includes the following components: The amount in accumulated other comprehensive loss that is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $215. The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss that have not been recognized as components of net gratuity cost in the statement of income as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows: F-31 December 31, 2014 2013 Change in projected benefit obligation: Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year $ 6,567 $ 5,491 Service cost 1,523 1,341 Interest cost 559 444 Benefits paid (749 ) (466 ) Actuarial loss 161 554 Divestiture (350 ) (134 ) Effect of exchange rate changes (148 ) (663 ) Projected benefit obligation at the end of the year $ 7,563 $ 6,567 Unfunded amount–non-current $ 1,544 $ 3,543 Unfunded amount–current 1,267 868 Total accrued liability $ 2,811 $ 4,411 Accumulated benefit obligation $ 5,034 $ 4,628 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2012 Service cost $ 1,523 $ 1,341 $ 1,027 Interest cost 559 444 414 Expected return on plan assets (172 ) (164 ) (72 ) Actuarial loss 149 139 125 Net gratuity cost $ 2,059 $ 1,760 $ 1,494 December 31, 2014 2013 Net actuarial loss $ 819 $ 917 Net prior service cost 9 11 Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax $ 828 $ 928 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and net periodic gratuity cost are: The Company evaluates these assumptions annually based on its long-term plans of growth and industry standards. The discount rates are based on current market yields on government securities adjusted for a suitable risk premium. The Gratuity Plans in India are partially funded and are managed and administered by Life Insurance Corporation of India and HDFC Standard Life Insurance Company. They calculate the annual contribution required to be made by the Company and manage the Gratuity Plans, including any required payouts. Fund managers manage these funds on a cash accumulation basis and declare interest retrospectively on March 31 of each year. The Company maintains the Exl Service 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), covering all eligible employees, as defined in the Code. The F-32 December 31, 2014 2013 2012 Discount rate 8.0 % 8.3 % 8.5 % Rate of increase in compensation levels 8.2 % 8.2 % 8.2 % Expected long term rate of return on plan assets per annum 9.0 % 9.0 % 8.5 % Expected benefit payments during the year ending December 31, 2015 $ 2,073 2016 $ 1,856 2017 $ 1,639 2018 $ 1,513 2019 $ 1,317 2020 to 2024 $ 3,599 Change in Plan Assets Plan assets at January 1, 2013 $ 2,201 Actual return 206 Benefits paid* — Effect of exchange rate changes (251 ) Plan assets at December 31, 2013 $ 2,156 Actual return 259 Employer contribution 2,567 Benefits paid* (105 ) Effect of exchange rate changes (125 ) Plan assets at December 31, 2014 $ 4,752 * Benefits payments of $644 were made directly by the Company and $105 through the plan assets during the year ended December 31, 2014. Benefits payments of $466 were made directly by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2013. Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) Company may make discretionary contributions of up to a maximum of 3% of employee compensation within certain limits. The Company has made provisions for contributions to the 401(k) Plan amounting to $1,503, $1,147 and $942 during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company contributed the following amounts to various defined contribution plans on behalf of its employees in India, the Philippines, Romania, Bulgaria and the Czech Republic: 12. Leases The Company finances its use of certain leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, office equipment and motor vehicles under various lease arrangements provided by financial institutions. Future minimum lease payments under these capital leases as of December 31, 2014 are as follows: The Company conducts its operations using facilities leased under non-cancelable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable agreements expiring after December 31, 2014 are set forth below: The operating leases are subject to renewal periodically and have scheduled rent increases. The Company accounts for scheduled rent on such leases on a straight line basis over the non-cancelable lease period determined under ASC topic 840, “ Leases ” (“ASC No. 840”). Rent expense under both cancelable and non- F-33 Year ended December 31, 2014 $ 5,802 Year ended December 31, 2013 $ 5,448 Year ended December 31, 2012 $ 5,626 Year ending December 31, 2015 $ 904 2016 407 2017 154 2018 56 Total minimum lease payments 1,521 Less: amount representing interest 158 Present value of minimum lease payments 1,363 Less: current portion 803 Long term capital lease obligation $ 560 Year ending December 31, 2015 $ 8,541 2016 5,371 2017 2,330 2018 1,860 2019 1,280 2020 and thereafter 1,069 $ 20,451 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) cancelable operating leases was $18,884, $17,384 and $17,860 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Deferred rent as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $6,544 and $5,394, respectively, and is included under “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities” and “Non-current liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheets. 13. Income Taxes The components of income before income taxes consist of the following: The income tax expense consists of the following: The effective income tax rate differs from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to income before income taxes approximately as follows: F-34 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2012 Domestic $ (4,785 ) $ 24,056 $ 22,046 Foreign 42,423 40,921 34,674 $ 37,638 $ 64,977 $ 56,720 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2012 Current provision: Domestic $ (1,069 ) $ 3,466 $ 4,519 Foreign 6,186 10,930 5,638 $ 5,117 $ 14,396 $ 10,157 Deferred provision/(benefit): Domestic $ 535 $ 4,183 $ 4,371 Foreign (459 ) (1,699 ) 356 $ 76 $ 2,484 $ 4,727 Income tax expense $ 5,193 $ 16,880 $ 14,884 December 31, 2014 2013 2012 Expected tax expense $ 12,797 $ 22,742 $ 19,852 Change in valuation allowance 64 — (254 ) Impact of tax holiday (3,208 ) (5,531 ) (3,219 ) Foreign tax rate differential (3,327 ) (1,412 ) (1,071 ) Deferred tax (benefit)/provision (459 ) (433 ) 356 Unrecognized tax benefits and interest (1,846 ) 2,399 (2,083 ) State taxes, net of Federal taxes 593 601 620 Non-deductible expenses 15 310 591 Prior year tax benefit — (875 ) — Other 564 (921 ) 92 Tax expense $ 5,193 $ 16,880 $ 14,884 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) The effective tax rate decreased from 26.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 13.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to the reversal of an unrecognized tax benefit of $2,173 in foreign tax jurisdictions during the year ended December 31, 2014 as a result of judicial rulings handed down during the year involving unaffiliated companies regarding similar tax matters. In the Company’s judgment, such rulings increased the level of certainty that its position on these tax adjustments proposed by the tax authorities would more likely than not be resolved in favor of the Company. The effective tax rate was further decreased during the year ended December 31, 2014 due to federal losses in the U.S. related to the reimbursement of disentanglement costs to Travelers under the Services Agreement. The federal losses are expected to be carried back to the prior year tax return and result in a current tax benefit of $1,934 (refer to Item 2—“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further details). The Company also benefits from a corporate tax holiday in the Philippines for its operations centers established there over the last six years. The tax holiday expired for one of its centers in 2014 and will expire over the next few years for other centers, which may lead to an increase in our overall effective tax rate of the Company. Following the expiry of the tax exemption, income generated from centers in Philippines will be taxed at the prevailing annual tax rate, which is currently 5% on gross income. The Company’s operations centers in Jaipur and Noida, India, which were established in Special Economic Zones (“SEZs”) in 2010, are eligible for tax incentives until 2020. These delivery centers are eligible for a 100% income tax exemption till 31 March 2015 and 50% income tax exemption with effect from 1 April 2015 for a period of five years thereafter. As part of the Company’s acquisition of Business Process Outsourcing Inc. in May 2011 (“OPI Acquisition”), the Company also acquired operations centers in Bengaluru and Kochi, India that are also established in SEZs. The operations center in Bengaluru completed its first five years of operations on March 31, 2012 during which such operations were entitled to a 100% tax exemption on export profits. Under Indian tax regulations, the Bengaluru operations center is entitled to a 50% tax exemption on export profits for five years from April 1, 2012. The Company’s tax expense for the Bengaluru center increased after April 1, 2012 and will further increase after the expiration of the current five-year term in 2017. The Company also established new operations centers in Pune, India in 2012 and in Kochi, India in 2013 in SEZs. The Company anticipates establishing additional operations centers in SEZs or other tax advantaged locations in the future. The diluted earnings per share effect of the tax holiday is $0.10, $0.16 and $0.10 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. F-35 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) The components of the deferred tax balances as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows: Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying values of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss carry forwards. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company performed an analysis of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance for net operating loss carry forward for its domestic entities. Based on this analysis, the Company continues to carry a valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets on certain net operating loss carry forwards. Accordingly, the Company had recorded a valuation allowance of $665 each as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The Company also recorded a valuation allowance of $64 related to tax credit carry forward during the year ended December 31, 2014. As a result of the multiple acquisitions over the last few years, the Company acquired federal and state net operating losses in the United States. Thus, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has federal net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $25,300 and $26,900 respectively, which expire through various years until 2032. The Company’s federal net operating loss carry forwards are subject to certain annual utilization limitations under Section 382 of the United States Internal Revenue Code. The Company also has state and local net operating loss carry forwards of varying amounts, which are subject to limitations under the applicable rules and regulations of those taxing jurisdictions. The Company estimates that it will be able to utilize all of the losses before their expiration. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, no deferred income taxes have been provided for the Company’s share of undistributed net earnings of foreign operations due to management’s intent to reinvest such amounts indefinitely. The determination of the amount of such unrecognized deferred taxes is not practicable. Those earnings totaled approximately $222,292 and $185,596 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. F-36 December 31, 2014 2013 Deferred tax assets: Tax credit carry forward $ 4,442 $ 3,332 Depreciation and amortization 4,371 5,745 Share-based compensation 5,595 5,881 Accrued employee costs and other expenses 2,715 3,252 Net operating loss carry forwards 9,889 10,474 Unrealized exchange loss 859 3,336 Deferred rent 1,268 984 Allowance for doubtful accounts 24 15 Others 646 28 $ 29,809 $ 33,047 Valuation allowance (729 ) (665 ) Deferred tax assets $ 29,080 $ 32,382 Deferred tax liabilities: Unrealized exchange gain $ 667 $ — Intangible assets 11,973 13,170 Deferred tax liabilities: $ 12,640 $ 13,170 Net deferred tax assets $ 16,440 $ 19,212 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) The Company’s income tax expense also includes the impact of provisions established for uncertain income tax positions determined in accordance with ASC topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC No. 740”), as well as the related net interest. Tax exposures can involve complex issues and may require an extended resolution period. Although the Company believes that it has adequately reserved for its uncertain tax positions, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters differs from the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made. The following table summarizes the activity related to the gross unrecognized tax benefits from January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014: The unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2014 of $2,761, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. The Company has recognized interest of $276 and $283 during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which is included in the income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has accrued interest and penalties of $1,117 and $863 relating to unrecognized tax benefits. The unrecognized tax benefits may increase or decrease in the next twelve months depending on the Company’s tax positions. 14. Stock Based Compensation In 2006, the Company instituted the ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (the 2006 Plan) which replaced the 2003 Plan. The 2006 Plan covers all of the employees of the Company. Under the 2006 Plan, the Compensation Committee (“the Committee”) may grant awards of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonus awards, performance based compensation awards (including cash bonus awards and market condition based awards) or any combination of the foregoing. The Committee determines which employees are eligible to receive the equity awards, the number of equity awards to be granted, the exercise price, the vesting period and the exercise period. The vesting period for the equity award issued is determined on the date of the grant and is non-transferable during the life of the equity award. The majority of options expire ten years from the date of grant and generally vest incrementally over a period of four years from the date of grant with 10% vesting at the end of year one, 20% vesting at the end of year two, 30% vesting at the end of year three and 40% vesting at the end of year four. Pursuant to the 2006 Plan, F-37 Balance as of January 1, 2014 $ 4,913 Increases related to prior year tax positions — Decreases related to prior year tax positions (2,173 ) Increases related to current year tax positions — Decreases related to current year tax positions — Effect of exchange rate changes 21 Balance as of December 31, 2014 $ 2,761 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) the Company reserved 3,399,384 shares of common stock (in addition to the available pool of 329,854 shares from the 2003 plan) for the granting of equity awards. If an employee resigns or is terminated, the employee must exercise any vested options within 90 days after termination or the vested options are forfeited. At a special meeting of the Company’s stockholders held on January 29, 2009, the Company’s stockholders approved, among other things, an amendment to the 2006 Plan to increase the number of shares of its common stock issuable there under by 4,000,000 shares, which brought the total number of shares reserved under the plan to 7,729,238. The Company applies the provisions of ASC No. 718, to account for it’s stock based compensation, using the modified prospective method of transition. Under the provisions of this guidance, the estimated fair value of share-based awards granted under stock incentive plans is recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. Stock Options The following costs related to the Company’s stock-based compensation plan are included in the consolidated statements of income: The fair value of each stock option granted to employees is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: The estimated expected term of options granted has been based on historical experience, which is representative of the expected term of the options. Volatility has been calculated based on the volatility of the Company’s common stock and the volatility of stocks of comparative companies. The risk-free interest rate that the Company uses in the option valuation model is based on U.S. treasury zero-coupon bonds with a remaining term similar to the expected term of the options. The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and therefore uses an expected dividend yield of zero in the option valuation model. The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. All stock-based payment awards are amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods. F-38 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2012 Cost of revenue $ 2,290 $ 2,413 $ 1,893 General and administrative expenses 4,350 5,077 4,551 Selling and marketing expenses 4,371 4,342 2,972 Total $ 11,011 $ 11,832 $ 9,416 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2012 Dividend yield 0 % 0 % 0 % Expected life (years) 5.50 5.50 5.38 Risk free interest rate 1.84 % 0.87 % 0.97 % Volatility 35 % 40 % 40 % Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) Stock option activity under the Company’s stock plans is shown below: The unrecognized compensation cost for unvested options as of Dec 31, 2014 is $888 which is expected to be expensed over a weighted average period of 0.98 years. The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $9.77, $10.07 and $9.43, respectively. The total grant date fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $2,112, $3,061 and $3,000, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $5,757, $8,960 and $12,020, respectively. The following table summarizes the status of the Company’s stock options outstanding and stock options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2014: F-39 Number of Options Weighted-Average Exercise Price Aggregate Intrinsic Value Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years) Outstanding at December 31, 2011 3,030,128 $ 13.22 Granted 416,129 25.36 Exercised (793,053 ) 12.11 Forfeited (198,570 ) 17.35 Outstanding at December 31, 2012 2,454,634 $ 15.30 Granted 14,301 26.76 Exercised (485,141 ) 11.32 Forfeited (27,279 ) 24.13 Outstanding at December 31, 2013 1,956,515 $ 16.25 Granted 9,794 27.62 Exercised (440,380 ) 14.67 Forfeited (92,750 ) 25.20 Outstanding at December 31, 2014 1,433,179 $ 16.23 $ 17,889 4.47 Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2014 1,211,570 $ 14.95 $ 16,672 4.04 Available for grant at December 31, 2014 1,282,796 Options Outstanding Options Vested and Exercisable Range of Exercise Prices Shares Weighted- Average Exercise Price Shares Weighted- Average Exercise Price $8.00 to $15.00 666,093 10.19 666,093 10.19 $15.01 to $21.00 373,644 18.51 305,893 18.24 $21.01 to $28.00 393,442 24.29 239,584 23.99 Total 1,433,179 $ 16.23 1,211,570 $ 14.95 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units An award of restricted stock is a grant of shares subject to conditions and restrictions set by the Committee. The grant or the vesting of an award of restricted stock may be conditioned upon service to the Company or its affiliates or upon the attainment of performance goals or other factors, as determined in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee may also, in its discretion, provide for the lapse of restrictions imposed upon an award of restricted stock. Holders of an award of restricted stock may have, with respect to the restricted stock granted, all of the rights of a stockholder, including the right to vote and to receive dividends. The Committee is authorized to award restricted stock units to participants. The Committee establishes the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each award of restricted stock units, including the time or times at which restricted stock units will be granted or vested and the number of units to be covered by each award. The terms and conditions of each restricted stock award will be reflected in a restricted stock unit agreement. Any cash or in-kind dividends paid with respect to unvested shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units are withheld by the Company and paid to the holder of such shares of restricted stock, without interest, only if and when such shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units vest. Any unvested shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units are immediately forfeited without consideration upon the termination of holder’s employment with the Company or its affiliates. Accordingly, the Company’s unvested restricted stock and restricted stock units do not include non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents and are therefore not considered as participating securities for purposes of earnings per share calculations pursuant to the two-class method. Restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity under the Company’s stock plans is shown below: F-40 Restricted Stock Restricted Stock Units Number Weighted- Average Intrinsic Value Number Weighted- Average Intrinsic Value Outstanding at December 31, 2011 63,834 $ 18.41 939,659 $ 19.40 Granted — — 389,050 25.07 Vested (55,726 ) 18.26 (198,842 ) 19.27 Forfeited (2,901 ) 23.82 (103,956 ) 21.41 Outstanding at December 31, 2012 5,207 $ 17.58 1,025,911 $ 21.36 Granted — — 522,130 29.37 Vested (4,807 ) 17.56 (300,316 ) 20.35 Forfeited (400 ) 17.72 (103,283 ) 25.04 Outstanding at December 31, 2013* — $ — 1,144,442 $ 24.95 Granted 46,950 29.29 634,054 26.26 Vested — — (436,660 ) 22.04 Forfeited — — (152,145 ) 26.28 Outstanding at December 31, 2014* 46,950 $ 29.29 1,189,691 $ 26.54 * Excludes 28,000 and 20,000 restricted stock units vested during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively (128,000 and 112,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively) for which the underlying common stock is yet to be issued. Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units is generally the market price of the Company’s shares on the date of grant. As of December 31, 2014, unrecognized compensation cost of $24,712 is expected to be expensed over a weighted average period of 2.56 years. The weighted-average fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $26.47, $29.37 and $25.07, respectively. The total grant date fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units vested during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $11,393, $9,126 and $7,010, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company granted 46,950 restricted stock and 87,650 restricted stock units in connection with the Blue Slate and Overland acquisitions, respectively. The fair value of these grants will be recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. Performance Based Stock Awards On February 13, 2014, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved the program allowing for the grant of performance-based restricted stock units (“PRSUs”) to executive officers and other specified employees under its existing 2006 Omnibus Award Plan. Under this program, 50% of the PRSUs will cliff vest at the end of a three-year period based on a revenue target for 2016 (“PUs”). However, up to one-third of the PUs may be earned based on the Company’s revenue performance in each of 2014 and 2015 against annual revenue targets in those years. The total amount of PUs that the recipient earns based on these performance criteria, will be the greater of (i) the PUs earned in 2016 and (ii) the sum of the earned PUs in 2014 and 2015. The other 50% shall be based on a market condition (“MUs”) that is contingent on meeting or exceeding the total shareholder return relative to a group of peer companies specified under the program, measured over a three-year performance period. The award recipient may earn up to two hundred percent (200%) of the PRSUs granted based on the actual performance for both kinds of PRSUs. The fair value of each PU was determined based on the market price of one common share of the Company on the date of grant, and the associated compensation expense was calculated on the basis that performance targets to receive 100% of the PUs is probable of being achieved. The compensation expense for the PUs is recognized on a straight-line basis over the service period, which is through the end of 2016. Over this period, the number of shares that will be issued will be adjusted upward or downward based upon the probability of achievement of the performance targets. The ultimate number of shares issued and the related compensation cost recognized as an expense will be based on a comparison of the final performance metrics to the specified targets. The grant date fair value for the MUs was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model and the related compensation expense will be expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. All compensation expense related to the MUs will be recognized if the requisite performance period is fulfilled, even if the market condition is not achieved. The Monte-Carlo simulation model simulates a range of possible future stock prices and estimates the probabilities of the potential payouts. This model also incorporates the following ranges of assumptions: F-41 • The historical volatilities are used over the most recent three-year period for the components of the peer group. • The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rate assumption commensurate with the three-year performance period. Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) Performance restricted stock unit activity under the Company’s stock plans is shown below: As of December 31, 2014, unrecognized compensation cost of $2,086 is expected to be expensed over a weighted average period of two years. Subsequent to December 31, 2014, the Company granted approximately 127,000 PRSUs and 336,000 restricted stock units to its employees. 15. Geographical Information The Company attributes the revenues to regions based upon location of its customers. F-42 • Since the plan stipulates that the awards are based upon the TSR of the Company and the components of the peer group, it is assumed that the dividends get reinvested in the issuing entity on a continuous basis. • The correlation coefficients are used to model the way in which each entity tends to move in relation to each other are based upon the price data used to calculate the historical volatilities. Revenue Based PRSUs Market Condition Based PRSUs Number Weighted Avg Fair Value Number Weighted Avg Fair Value Outstanding at December 31, 2013 — $ — — $ — Granted 55,475 25.63 55,475 33.60 Vested — — — — Forfeited (7,750 ) 25.63 (7,750 ) 33.60 Outstanding at December 31, 2014 47,725 $ 25.63 47,725 $ 33.60 Year ended December 31, 2014 2013 2012 Revenues, net United States $ 368,870 $ 353,274 $ 320,246 United Kingdom 101,789 92,601 89,483 Rest of World 28,619 32,577 33,201 $ 499,278 $ 478,452 $ 442,930 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013 Fixed assets, net India $ 24,186 $ 21,433 United States 8,293 3,981 Philippines 12,391 8,409 Rest of World 499 741 $ 45,369 $ 34,564 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) 16. Commitments and Contingencies Fixed Asset Commitments At December 31, 2014, the Company has committed to spend approximately 12,200 under agreements to purchase fixed assets. This amount is net of capital advances paid in respect of these purchases. Other Commitments Certain units of the Company’s Indian subsidiaries were established as 100% Export-Oriented units or under the Software Technology Parks of India (“STPI”) scheme promulgated by the Government of India. These units are exempt from customs, central excise duties, and levies on imported and indigenous capital goods, stores, and spares. The Company has undertaken to pay custom duties, service taxes, levies, and liquidated damages payable, if any, in respect of imported and indigenous capital goods, stores and spares consumed duty free, in the event that certain terms and conditions are not fulfilled. The Company’s management believes, however, that these units have in the past satisfied and will continue to satisfy the required conditions. The Company’s operations centers in the Philippines are registered with the Philippine Economic Zone Authority (“PEZA”). The registration provides the Company with certain fiscal incentives on the import of capital goods and requires Exl Philippines to meet certain performance and investment criteria. The Company’s management believes that these centers have in the past satisfied and will continue to satisfy the required criteria. Contingencies U.S. and Indian transfer pricing regulations require that any international transaction involving associated enterprises be at an arm’s-length price. Accordingly, the Company determines the appropriate pricing for the international transactions among its associated enterprises on the basis of a detailed functional and economic analysis involving benchmarking against transactions among entities that are not under common control. The tax authorities have jurisdiction to review this arrangement and in the event that they determine that the transfer price applied was not appropriate, the Company may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest and penalties. The Company is currently involved in disputes with the Indian tax authorities over the application of some of its transfer pricing policies for some of its subsidiaries. Further, the Company and its U.S. subsidiary, ExlService.com LLC are engaged in tax litigation with the income-tax authorities in India on the issue of permanent establishment. The aggregate disputed amount demanded by Income tax authorities from the Company related to its transfer pricing issues for various years ranging from tax years 2003 to 2011 and its permanent establishment issues ranging from tax years 2003 to 2007 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 is $22,866 and $14,742, respectively of which the Company has already made payment or provided bank guarantee to the extent $14,666 and $13,797, respectively. Subsequent to December 31, 2014, the Company received tax demands from the Income tax authorities of $1,235 related to the tax year 2011 for some of its foreign subsidiaries. Amounts paid as deposits in respect of such assessments aggregating to $12,564 and $11,653 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are included in “Other assets” and amounts deposited for bank guarantees aggregating to $2,102 and $2,144 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are included in “Restricted cash” in the non-current assets section of the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. Based on advice from its Indian tax advisors, the facts underlying the Company’s position and its experience with these types of assessments, the Company believes that the probability that it will ultimately be found liable F-43 Table of Contents EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(continued) December 31, 2014 (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) for these assessments is remote and accordingly has not accrued any amount with respect to these matters in its consolidated financial statements. The Company does not expect any impact from these assessments on its future income tax expense. It is possible that the Company might receive similar orders or assessments from tax authorities for subsequent years. Accordingly even if these disputes are resolved, the Indian tax authorities may still serve additional orders or assessments. 17. Subsequent Events Acquisition of RPM Direct LLC and RPM Data Solutions, LLC. On February 23, 2015, the Company together with its wholly-owned subsidiary ExlService.com LLC (“ExlService.com”), entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement dated February 23, 2015 (the “Purchase Agreement”), with RPM Direct LLC (“RPM”), RPM Data Solutions, LLC (“RDS” and, with RPM, each a “Target Company” and together the “Target Companies”) and the security holders of each of RPM and RDS (collectively, the “Sellers”), pursuant to which ExlService.com agreed to acquire all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company membership interests or other equity securities of the Target Companies (the “Securities”), subject to customary closing conditions (the “Acquisition”). The aggregate purchase price for all of the Securities, payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, shall be an amount equal to $47,000 in cash at closing plus the ability to earn up to an additional $23,000 based on the achievement of certain performance goals by the Target Companies during the 2015 and 2016 calendar years, plus $4,150 of restricted stock. The purchase price is subject to adjustment based on the Target Companies’ and its Subsidiary’s working capital position as of the closing of the Acquisition and as otherwise set forth in the Purchase Agreement. RPM specializes in analyzing large consumer data sets to segment populations, predict response rates, forecast customer lifetime value and design targeted, multi-channel marketing campaigns. RPM has focused on the insurance industry, including property & casualty, life and health, since its inception in 2001. First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Incremental Facility Agreement As described above in Note 10, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a Credit Agreement with certain lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, on October 24, 2014. The Credit Agreement provides for a $50,000 revolving credit facility. The Company had an option to increase the commitments under the Credit Agreement, subject to certain approvals and conditions as set forth in the Credit Agreement. On February 23, 2015, the Company exercised its option to increase credit commitments by another $50,000 with the same terms and conditions which were available in the Credit Agreement. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement may be used for working capital, general corporate purposes of the Company and its subsidiaries and for acquisitions. F-44 Exhibit 10.39 CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of October 24, 2014 among EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC., The other Loan Parties Party Hereto, The Lenders Party Hereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. AND CITIBANK, N.A., As Co-Lead Arrangers TABLE OF CONTENTS i Page ARTICLE I Definitions 1 SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms 1 SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings 23 SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally 23 SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP 24 SECTION 1.05. Status of Obligations 24 ARTICLE II The Credits 24 SECTION 2.01. Commitments 24 SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings 24 SECTION 2.03. Requests for Borrowings 25 SECTION 2.04. [Section intentionally omitted] 25 SECTION 2.05. [Section intentionally omitted] 25 SECTION 2.06. Letters of Credit 26 SECTION 2.07. Funding of Borrowings 30 SECTION 2.08. Interest Elections 30 SECTION 2.09. Termination and Reduction of Commitments; Increase in Commitments 31 SECTION 2.10. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt 33 SECTION 2.11. Prepayment of Loans 33 SECTION 2.12. Fees 34 SECTION 2.13. Interest 34 SECTION 2.14. Alternate Rate of Interest 35 SECTION 2.15. Increased Costs 35 SECTION 2.16. Break Funding Payments 36 SECTION 2.17. Withholding of Taxes; Gross-Up 37 SECTION 2.18. Payments Generally; Allocation of Proceeds; Sharing of Setoffs 40 SECTION 2.19. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders 42 SECTION 2.20. Defaulting Lenders 43 SECTION 2.21. Returned Payments 45 ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties 45 SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers 45 SECTION 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability 45  ii SECTION 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts 45 SECTION 3.04. Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change 46 SECTION 3.05. Properties 46 SECTION 3.06. Litigation and Environmental Matters 46 SECTION 3.07. Compliance with Laws and Agreements 46 SECTION 3.08. Investment Company Status 46 SECTION 3.09. Taxes 46 SECTION 3.10. ERISA 47 SECTION 3.11. Disclosure 47 SECTION 3.12. Capitalization and Subsidiaries 47 SECTION 3.13. Security Interest in Collateral 47 SECTION 3.14. Federal Reserve Regulations 47 SECTION 3.15. Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions 48 SECTION 3.16. Common Enterprise 48 ARTICLE IV Conditions 48 SECTION 4.01. Conditions to Initial Loans 48 SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event 50 ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants 50 SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements and Other Information 50 SECTION 5.02. Notices of Material Events 52 SECTION 5.03. Existence; Conduct of Business 52 SECTION 5.04. Payment of Obligations 52 SECTION 5.05. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Casualty and Condemnation 52 SECTION 5.06. Books and Records; Inspection Rights 53 SECTION 5.07. Compliance with Laws 53 SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds 53 SECTION 5.09. Additional Collateral; Further Assurances 53 ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants 54 SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness 54 SECTION 6.02. Liens 56 SECTION 6.03. Fundamental Changes 58 SECTION 6.04. Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions 59 SECTION 6.05. Asset Dispositions; Sale and Leaseback Transactions 60 SECTION 6.06. Swap Agreements 61  iii SECTION 6.07. Restricted Payments 61 SECTION 6.08. Transactions with Affiliates 62 SECTION 6.09. Restrictive Agreements 62 SECTION 6.10. Amendment of Material Documents 63 SECTION 6.11. Financial Covenants 63 ARTICLE VII Events of Default 63 ARTICLE VIII The Administrative Agent 65 SECTION 8.01. Appointment 66 SECTION 8.02. Rights as a Lender 66 SECTION 8.03. Duties and Obligations 66 SECTION 8.04. Reliance 67 SECTION 8.05. Actions through Sub-Agents 67 SECTION 8.06. Resignation 67 SECTION 8.07. Non-Reliance 68 SECTION 8.08. Not Partners or Co-Venturers; Administrative Agent as Representative of the Secured Parties 68 SECTION 8.09. Flood Laws 69 ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous 69 SECTION 9.01. Notices 69 SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments 71 SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver 73 SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns 75 SECTION 9.05. Survival 78 SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution 78 SECTION 9.07. Severability 79 SECTION 9.08. Right of Setoff 79 SECTION 9.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process 79 SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 80 SECTION 9.11. Headings 80 SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality 80 SECTION 9.13. Several Obligations; Nonreliance; Violation of Law 81 SECTION 9.14. USA PATRIOT Act 81 SECTION 9.15. Disclosure 81 SECTION 9.16. Appointment for Perfection 81 SECTION 9.17. Interest Rate Limitation 81  iv SECTION 9.18. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility 82 ARTICLE X Loan Guaranty 82 SECTION 10.01. Guaranty 82 SECTION 10.02. Guaranty of Payment 83 SECTION 10.03. No Discharge or Diminishment of Loan Guaranty 83 SECTION 10.04. Defenses Waived 83 SECTION 10.05. Rights of Subrogation 84 SECTION 10.06. Reinstatement; Stay of Acceleration 84 SECTION 10.07. Information 84 SECTION 10.08. Termination 84 SECTION 10.09. [Reserved] 85 SECTION 10.10. Maximum Liability 85 SECTION 10.11. Contribution 85 SECTION 10.12. Liability Cumulative 86 SECTION 10.13. Keepwell 86 SCHEDULES: EXHIBITS: v Commitment Schedule Schedule 1.01 — Subordination Terms Schedule 3.12 — Capitalization and Subsidiaries Schedule 6.01 — Existing Indebtedness Schedule 6.02 — Existing Liens Schedule 6.04 — Existing Investments Schedule 6.08 — Transactions with Affiliates Schedule 6.09 — Restrictive Agreements Exhibit A — Form of Assignment and Assumption Exhibit B — Form of Compliance Certificate Exhibit C — Joinder Agreement Exhibit D — Form of Solvency Certificate Exhibit E-1 — U.S. Tax Certificate (For Foreign Lenders that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) Exhibit E-2 — U.S. Tax Certificate (For Foreign Participants that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) Exhibit E-3 — U.S. Tax Certificate (For Foreign Participants that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) Exhibit E-4 — U.S. Tax Certificate (For Foreign Lenders that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of October 24, 2014 (as it may be amended or modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), among EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC., as Borrower, the other Loan Parties party hereto, the Lenders party hereto, the Issuing Banks party hereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. and CITIBANK, N.A., as Co-Lead Arrangers. The parties hereto agree as follows: ARTICLE I Definitions SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below: “ ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate. “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess of 50% of the Equity Interests of any Person, or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary, or (c) a merger, amalgamation or consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other than a Person that is a Subsidiary) provided that the applicable Loan Party is the surviving entity. “ Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period or for any ABR Borrowing, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate. “ Administrative Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder. “ Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent. “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “ Aggregate Credit Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate Credit Exposure of all the Lenders at such time. “ Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph. “ Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1 ⁄ 2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day (without any rounding). Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively. If the Alternate Base Rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.14 hereof, then the Alternate Base Rate shall be the greater of clause (a) and (b) above and shall be determined without reference to clause (c) above. “ Anti-Corruption Laws ” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption. “ Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, (a) with respect to Loans and LC Exposure, a percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is such Lender’s Commitment and the denominator of which is the aggregate Commitment of all Lenders (if the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon such Lender’s share of the Aggregate Credit Exposure at that time); provided that in the case of Section 2.20 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, any such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment shall be disregarded in the calculation, and (b) with respect to the Aggregate Credit Exposure, a percentage based upon its share of the Aggregate Credit Exposure and the unused Commitments; provided that in the case of Section 2.20 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, any such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment shall be disregarded in the calculation. “ Applicable Rate ” means, for any day, with respect to any ABR Loan or Eurodollar Loan, or with respect to the commitment fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “ABR Spread”, “Eurodollar Spread” or “Commitment Fee Rate”, as the case may be, based upon the Borrower’s Leverage Ratio as of the most recent determination date, provided that until the delivery to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to Section 5.01, of the Borrower’s consolidated financial information for the Borrower’s first fiscal quarter ending after the Effective Date, the “Applicable Rate” shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth below in Category 3: For purposes of the foregoing, (a) the Applicable Rate shall be determined as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower based upon the Borrower’s annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 and (b) each change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall be effective during the period commencing on and including the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of such consolidated financial statements indicating such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change, provided that the Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 at the option of the 2 Leverage Ratio ABR Spread (Per Annum) Eurodollar Spread (Per Annum) Commitment Fee Rate (Per Annum) Category 1 < 1.00 to 1.00 0.25 % 1.25 % 0.20 % Category 2 > 1.00 to 1.00 but < 2.00 to 1.00 0.50 % 1.50 % 0.25 % Category 3 > 2.00 to 1.00 0.75 % 1.75 % 0.30 % Administrative Agent or at the request of the Required Lenders if the Borrower fails to deliver the annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 5.01, during the period from the expiration of the time for delivery thereof until such consolidated financial statements are delivered. “ Approved Fund ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04. “ Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent. “ Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments. “ Available Revolving Commitment ” means, at any time, the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders then in effect minus the Aggregate Credit Exposure at such time. “ Banking Services ” means each and any of the following bank services provided to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary by any Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) credit cards for commercial customers (including, without limitation, “commercial credit cards” and purchasing cards), (b) stored value cards, (c) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services), and (d) documentary services and foreign currency exchange services. “ Banking Services Obligations ” means any and all obligations of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) in connection with Banking Services, but excluding any Swap Agreement Obligations. “ Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided, further, that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person. “ Beneficial Owner ” means, with respect to any U.S. Federal withholding Tax, the beneficial owner, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, to whom such Tax relates. “ Billing Statement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.18(g). “ Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America. 3 “ Borrower ” means ExlService Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation. “ Borrowing ” means Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect. “ Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03. “ Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “ Business Day ” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market. “ Capital Expenditures ” means, without duplication, any expenditure for any purchase or other acquisition of any asset which would be classified as a fixed or capital asset on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Capital Expenditures shall not include, without duplication: (a) the consideration for any Permitted Acquisition, or any increase in fixed or capital assets on such consolidated balance sheet attributable to Permitted Acquisitions, (b) capital expenditures to the extent financed with the proceeds of any casualty insurance claim or condemnation proceeding or any asset sale permitted hereunder, (c) capital expenditures to the extent financed with Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit) permitted hereunder, (d) capital expenditures to the extent financed with the proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permitted hereunder so long as, and to the extent that, prior to such issuance the Borrower or such Subsidiary expressly designates in a written statement to the Administrative Agent that the proceeds thereof will be used for capital expenditures, and (e) any such expenditures to the extent the Borrower has received reimbursement in cash from a third party other than the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries (such as, for example, a landlord or a seller of assets pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition) and for which none of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has provided or is required to provide any specific consideration to such third party or other person for such reimbursements. “ Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP, it being understood that solely with respect to any change in GAAP after the Effective Date with respect to the accounting for leases as either operating leases or capital leases, any lease that at the time it is entered into is not (or would not be) a capital lease under GAAP as then in effect shall not be treated as a capital lease notwithstanding any such later change in GAAP. “ Change in Control ” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof) of Equity Interests representing more than 40% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower, or (b) the occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated. 4 “ Change in Law ” means the occurrence after the date of this Agreement (or, with respect to any Lender, such later date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement) of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty; (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority; or (c) compliance by any Lender or any Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith or in the implementation thereof, and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented. “ Charges ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.17. “ Chase ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, in its individual capacity, and its successors. “ Closing Date Lender ” means each of Chase and Citibank, N.A. “ Co-Lead Arrangers ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. in their capacities as co-lead arrangers hereunder. “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. “ Collateral ” has the meaning given to “Collateral” in the Security Agreement. “ Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement and any other documents granting a Lien upon the Collateral as security for payment of the Secured Obligations. “ Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum possible aggregate amount of such Lender’s Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (a) Section 2.09 and (b) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on the Commitment Schedule , or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Commitments is $50,000,000. “ Commitment Schedule ” means the Schedule attached hereto identified as such. “ Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute. “ Communications ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01(d). “ Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes. 5 “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto. “ Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Loans and its LC Exposure at such time. “ Credit Party ” means the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender. “ Default ” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default. “ Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular Default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular Default, if any) to funding a Loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event. “ Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition of any property by any Person (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith. “ dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America. “ EBIT ” means, for any period, the sum of: (a) Net Income for such period; plus (b) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining Net Income for such period, the sum of: (i) Interest Expense for such period; (ii) federal, state, local and foreign income tax expense for such period; (iii) any extraordinary non-cash charges, expenses or losses for such period; (iv) non-cash compensation expenses, including as a result of any grant of equity or options to employees, officers, directors or contractors; 6 (v) costs and expenses incurred on or prior to the Effective Date with respect to the Transactions; (vi) expenses, charges and losses incurred in such period and which are reimbursed in cash during such period by Persons (other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) so long as such payments were not added in determining Net Income for such period; (vii) non-recurring fees, costs and expenses directly incurred during such period in connection with any of the following which are attempted, whether or not consummated: any Permitted Acquisition and any related debt or equity offering undertaken in connection therewith (in respect of which all or substantially all of the proceeds are intended to be used to pay the cash consideration for such Permitted Acquisition); (viii) non-cash purchase accounting adjustments made during such period; (ix) all proceeds of business interruption insurance received during such period; (x) unrealized losses on financial derivatives recognized in such period in accordance with SFAS No. 133; (xi) any write-off or amortization made in such period of deferred financing costs or any write-down of assets or asset value carried on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (xii) any restructuring charges incurred during such period (determined in accordance with GAAP) in connection with any Permitted Acquisition; and (xiii) any other non-cash charges for such period (but excluding any non-cash charge in respect of an item that was included in Net Income in a prior period); minus (c) without duplication and to the extent included in Net Income, (i) any cash payments made during such period in respect of non-cash charges described in clause (a)(xiii) taken in a prior period and (ii) any extraordinary gains and any non-cash items of income for such period; all calculated for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. “ EBITDA ” means, for any period, the sum of: (a) Net Income for such period; plus (b) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining Net Income for such period, the sum of: (i) Interest Expense for such period; (ii) federal, state, local and foreign income tax expense for such period; (iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization expense for such period; 7 (iv) amortization of intangibles (including, but not limited to, goodwill) for such period; (v) any extraordinary non-cash charges, expenses or losses for such period; (vi) non-cash compensation expenses, including as a result of any grant of equity or options to employees, officers, directors or contractors; (vii) costs and expenses incurred on or prior to the Effective Date with respect to the Transactions; (viii) expenses, charges and losses incurred in such period and which are reimbursed in cash during such period by Persons (other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) so long as such payments were not added in determining Net Income for such period; (ix) non-recurring fees, costs and expenses directly incurred during such period in connection with any of the following which are attempted, whether or not consummated: any Permitted Acquisition and any related debt or equity offering undertaken in connection therewith (in respect of which all or substantially all of the proceeds are intended to be used to pay the cash consideration for such Permitted Acquisition); (x) non-cash purchase accounting adjustments made during such period; (xi) all proceeds of business interruption insurance received during such period; (xii) unrealized losses on financial derivatives recognized in such period in accordance with SFAS No. 133; (xiii) any write-off or amortization made in such period of deferred financing costs or any write-down of assets or asset value carried on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (xiv) any restructuring charges incurred during such period (determined in accordance with GAAP) in connection with any Permitted Acquisition; and (xv) any other non-cash charges for such period (but excluding any non-cash charge in respect of an item that was included in Net Income in a prior period); minus (c) without duplication and to the extent included in Net Income, (i) any cash payments made during such period in respect of non-cash charges described in clause (a)(xv) taken in a prior period and (ii) any extraordinary gains and any non-cash items of income for such period; all calculated for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. “ ECP ” means an “eligible contract participant” as defined in Section 1(a)(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and the applicable rules issued by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or the SEC. “ Effective Date ” means October 24, 2014. “ Electronic Signature ” means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a Person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record. 8 “ Electronic System ” means any electronic system, including e-mail, e-fax, Intralinks ® , ClearPar ® and any other Internet or extranet-based site, whether such electronic system is owned, operated or hosted by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks and any of its respective Related Parties or any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other security system. “ Environmental Laws ” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to employee health and safety matters. “ Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) any violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) any exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing. “ Equity Interests ” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing. “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code. “ ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the failure to make any “minimum required contribution” (as defined in Section 430(a) of the Code) with respect to any Plan, at the time and in the amount provided for in Section 430 of the Code; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA. 9 “ Eurodollar ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate. “ Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII. “ Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an ECP at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal. “ Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being a resident of, being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes; (b) in the case of a Lender, withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan, Note, Letter of Credit, Commitment or other Loan Document pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan, Note, Letter of Credit or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b)) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.17, an amount that was due and payable, but not yet paid to (A) such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender acquired the applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment or (B) such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office; (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(f); and (d) any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA. “ FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any applicable intergovernmental agreement with respect thereto. “ Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. “ Financial Covenants ” means the covenants set forth in Section 6.11. “ Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower. “ Flood Laws ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.10. 10 “ Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction. “ Funded Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person and without duplication, (i) all Indebtedness of such Person of the types referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) (other than the portion thereof consisting of contingent or unliquidated earn-outs), (g) and (j) of the definition of “Indebtedness” in this Section 1.01, (ii) all Indebtedness of others of the type referred to in clause (i) of this definition secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) a Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of production from, any property or asset of such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed by such Person and (iii) all Guarantees of such Person with respect to Indebtedness of others of the type referred to in clause (i) of this definition. The Funded Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Funded Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Funded Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. “ Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government. “ Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided , that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. “ Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01. “ Hazardous Materials ” means: (a) any substance, material, or waste that is included within the definitions of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “hazardous waste,” “toxic substances,” “toxic materials,” “toxic waste,” or words of similar import in any Environmental Law; (b) those substances listed as hazardous substances by the United States Department of Transportation (or 11 any successor agency) (49 C.F.R. 172.101 and amendments thereto) or by the Environmental Protection Agency (or any successor agency) (40 C.F.R. Part 302 and amendments thereto); and (c) any substance, material, or waste that is petroleum, petroleum-related, or a petroleum by-product, asbestos or asbestos-containing material, polychlorinated biphenyls, flammable, explosive, radioactive, freon gas, radon, or a pesticide, herbicide, or any other agricultural chemical. “ Impacted Interest Period ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “LIBO Rate”. “ Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (j) obligations under any liquidated earn-out, (k) any other Off-Balance Sheet Liability and (l) any Swap Obligations to the extent required to be reflected as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. “ Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by, or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in subsection (a), Other Taxes. “ Indemnitee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b). “ Ineligible Institution ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b). “ Information ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.12. “ Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, at any date, the ratio of (a) EBIT to (b) cash Interest Expense, all calculated for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such date (or, if such date is not the last day of a fiscal quarter, ended on the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to such date). “ Interest Election Request ” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.08. “ Interest Expense ” means, with reference to any period, total interest expense (including that attributable to Capital Lease Obligations) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Agreements in respect of interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP), calculated on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period in accordance with GAAP. 12 “ Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the first Business Day of each January, April, July and October and the Maturity Date, and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period and the Maturity Date. “ Interest Period ” means with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months, or, if available to all Lenders, nine or twelve months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided , that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing. “ Interpolated Rate ” means, at any time, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum (rounded upward to four decimal places) determined by the Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the LIBO Screen Rate for the longest period (for which the LIBO Screen Rate is available) that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period and (b) the LIBO Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which the LIBO Screen Rate is available) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time. “ IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service. “ Issuing Banks ” means, individually and collectively as the context may require, (a) Chase, in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity, and (b) Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity. Any Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate. “ Joinder Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.09. “ LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by any Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit. “ LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements relating to Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time. 13 “ Lenders ” means the Persons listed on the Commitment Schedule and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. “ Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement. “ Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date, the ratio of (a) Total Funded Indebtedness on such date to (b) EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such date (or, if such date is not the last day of a fiscal quarter, ended on the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to such date). For the purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “ Reference Period ”), (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made any sale, transfer, or disposition of property, EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such sale, transfer, or disposition, as applicable, for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period, and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall have made a Permitted Acquisition for which the EBITDA attributable to the acquired Person or assets in connection therewith for the most recently ended four consecutive fiscal quarter period is greater than $5,000,000, EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis as if such Permitted Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period. “ LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any applicable Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate administered by the British Bankers Association (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for Dollars) for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate as shall be selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion (the “ LIBO Screen Rate ”) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that, (x) if any LIBO Screen Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement and (y) if the LIBO Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for a period equal in length to such Interest Period (an “Impacted Interest Period”), then the LIBO Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate at such time, subject to Section 2.14 in the event that the Administrative Agent shall conclude that it shall not be possible to determine such Interpolated Rate (which conclusion shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error); provided, that, if any Interpolated Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, to the extent that “LIBO Rate” or “Adjusted LIBO Rate” is used in connection with an ABR Borrowing, such rate shall be determined as modified by the definition of Alternate Base Rate. “ LIBO Screen Rate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “LIBO Rate”. “ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities. 14 “ Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Notes, any Letter of Credit applications, the Collateral Documents, the Loan Guaranty and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates identified in Section 4.01 executed and delivered to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent or any Lenders and including all other pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, letter of credit agreements and all other written matter whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any Loan Party, or any employee of any Loan Party, and delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Any reference in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to a Loan Document shall include all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto, and all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, and shall refer to the Agreement or such Loan Document as the same may be in effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative. “ Loan Guarantor ” means each of the Borrower’s domestic Subsidiaries. “ Loan Guaranty ” means Article X of this Agreement. “ Loan Parties ” means the Borrower and each Loan Guarantor and their respective successors and assigns. “ Loans ” means the loans and advances made by the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement. “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations, or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Loan Party to perform any of its material obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) any material portion of the Collateral, or the Administrative Agent’s Liens (on behalf of itself and the Lenders) on any material portion of the Collateral or the priority of such Liens (in each case subject to Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02), or (d) the rights of or benefits available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Lenders thereunder. “ Material Domestic Subsidiary ” means (i) any domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower whose total assets, as of any date of determination, have a book value equal to or greater than $20,000,000, and (ii) any domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower having a direct Subsidiary that is a Material Domestic Subsidiary or Material Foreign Subsidiary. “ Material Foreign Subsidiary ” means any foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower whose total assets, as of any date of determination, have a book value equal to or greater than $20,000,000. “ Material Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or any obligations under Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $7,500,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the aggregate principal amount of “obligations” of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the aggregate amount that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time and after giving effect to any rights available under applicable laws or agreements with regard to collateral, netting, setoff or similar rights. “ Maturity Date ” means October 24, 2019 or any earlier date on which the Commitments are reduced to zero or otherwise terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. “ Maximum Liability ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.10. “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 15 “ Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA. “ Net Income ” means, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication: (a) the income (or deficit) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or deficit) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary) in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions and (c) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any contractual obligation (other than under any Loan Document) or Requirement of Law applicable to such Subsidiary. “ Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(d). “ Non-Paying Guarantor ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.11. “ Non-U.S. Lender ” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person. “ Note ” and “ Notes ” have the meanings assigned to such terms in Section 2.10(e). “ Obligated Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.02. “ Obligations ” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, all LC Exposure, all accrued and unpaid fees and all expenses, reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations and indebtedness (including interest and fees accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), obligations and liabilities of any of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to any of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any indemnified party, individually or collectively, existing on the Effective Date or arising thereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, arising or incurred under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in respect of any of the Loans made or reimbursement or other obligations incurred or any of the Letters of Credit or other instruments at any time evidencing any thereof. “ OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury. “ Off-Balance Sheet Liability ” of a Person means (a) any repurchase obligation or liability of such Person with respect to accounts or notes receivable sold by such Person (other than any customary repurchase obligations resulting from a breach of representations and warranties, covenants, servicing obligations and indemnities under a securitization facility), (b) any indebtedness, liability or obligation under any so-called “synthetic lease” transaction entered into by such Person, or (c) any indebtedness, liability or obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional equivalent of or takes the place of borrowing but which does not constitute a liability on the balance sheets of such Person (other than operating leases) but does constitute an off-balance sheet liability under GAAP. 16 “ Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Taxes (other than a connection solely arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan, Letter of Credit or any Loan Document). “ Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.19). “ Parent ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is, directly or indirectly, a subsidiary. “ Participant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04. “ Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04. “ Paying Guarantor ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.11. “ PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions. “ Permitted Acquisition ” means (a) the Permitted Overland Acquisition, and (b) any other Acquisition in which each of the following conditions is satisfied: (i) the aggregate total cash consideration for such Acquisition (including without limitation (A) cash payments of purchase price adjustments and (B) minimum earn-out payments) shall not exceed $60,000,000; (ii) the Person or business which is the subject of such Acquisition is in a similar or complimentary line of business as those of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Effective Date; (iii) all governmental, corporate and material third-party approvals and consents necessary in connection with such Acquisition shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect; (iv) if acquiring a Person, unless such Person is contemporaneously merged with and into the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower, such Person becomes a wholly owned direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower and, simultaneously with such Acquisition, a Loan Party to the extent required by Section 5.09, with such Person’s Equity Interests being pledged as Collateral to the extent required by Section 5.09; (v) such Acquisition shall be consummated in accordance with the terms of the purchase or acquisition agreement executed in connection therewith and with all other material agreements, instruments and documents implementing such Acquisition and in compliance with applicable law and regulatory approvals; 17 (vi) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and all representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on the date of the consummation of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty specifically refers to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; and (vii)(i) after giving effect to such Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or acquisition of any Indebtedness in connection therewith) on a pro forma basis as if such Acquisition had been consummated at the beginning of such period, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with all Financial Covenants as of and for the four (4) consecutive fiscal quarter period most recently ended, (ii) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (A) a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth reasonably detailed calculations of such compliance, and (B) (1) financial statements of the target of such Acquisition reasonably supporting such calculations or (2) in the case of any Acquisition of the type described in clause (a) in the definition of Acquisition herein for which such financial statements are not available, such other financial information reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent supporting such calculations. “ Permitted Encumbrances ” means: (a) Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04; (b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 60 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04; (c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations; (d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business; (e) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VII; (f) easements, covenants, conditions, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, minor defects or other irregularities in title and/or similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and (g) Liens on any interest or title of a lessor in property leased by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness. “ Permitted Investments ” means: (a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; 18 (b) investments in commercial paper maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s; (c) investments in certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by (i) any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000, or (ii) the State Bank of India (U.S. Branch) so long as the aggregate amount of such investments described in this clause (ii) does not at any time exceed $30,000,000; (d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above; (e) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000; (f) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; and (g) investments made by foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower consistent with the Borrower’s investment guidelines as approved from time to time by the Borrower’s board of directors. “ Permitted Overland Acquisition ” means the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 24, 2014, by and among ExlService.com, LLC, Heartland Acquisition Sub Corp., Overland Holdings, Inc., New Mountain Affiliated Investors, L.P. and New Mountain Partners, L.P. “ Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity. “ Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA. “ Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by Chase as its prime rate at its offices at 270 Park Avenue in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective. “ Projections ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01(e). 19 “ Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Loan Guaranty or grant of the relevant security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act. “ Recipient ” means, as applicable, (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Bank, or any combination thereof (as the context requires). “ Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04. “ Related Fund ” means with respect to any Person that is an investment fund, any other investment fund that invests in securities and that is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Person or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor. “ Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates. “ Release ” means any releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, migrating, disposing or dumping of any substance into the environment. “ Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) having Credit Exposure and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Credit Exposure and unused Commitments at such time; provided that, as long as there are only two Lenders, Required Lenders shall mean both Lenders; provided , further , that so long as there are more than two Lenders who are not Affiliates of each other, at least two Lenders who are not Affiliates of each other shall be necessary to constitute Required Lenders. “ Requirement of Law ” means, as to any Person, (a) the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and (b) any statute, law (including common law), treaty, rule, regulation, code, ordinance, order, decree, writ, judgment, injunction or determination of any arbitrator or court or other Governmental Authority (including Environmental Laws), in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject. “ Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Borrower. “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. “ Sanctioned Country ” means, at any time, a country or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions. 20 “ Sanctioned Person ” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any EU member state, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person controlled by any such Person. “ Sanctions ” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom. “ Secured Obligations ” means all Obligations, together with all (i) Banking Services Obligations and (ii) Swap Agreement Obligations owing to any Person that, at the time of entering into such arrangement with a Loan Party or any Subsidiary, was a Lender or an Affiliate thereof, in each case, with respect to such Swap Agreement Obligations, to the extent designated by the Borrower in a written statement to the Administrative Agent as constituting Secured Obligations (such Swap Agreement Obligations, “ Secured Swap Agreement Obligations ”); provided, however , that the definition of “Secured Obligations” shall not create any guarantee by any Guarantor of (or grant of security interest by any Guarantor to support, as applicable) any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor for purposes of determining any obligations of any Guarantor. “ Secured Parties ” means the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Issuing Bank. “ Secured Swap Agreement Obligations ” has the meaning given to such term in the definition of “Secured Obligations.” “ Security Agreement ” means that certain Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower, each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower party thereto from time to time, and the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and any other pledge or security agreement entered into, after the date of this Agreement by any Loan Party (as required by this Agreement or any other Loan Document), as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. “ Specified JV ” means Carvajal, a Colombian joint venture. “ Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D of the Board. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D of the Board or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage. “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” of a Person means any Indebtedness of such Person the payment of which is at all times subordinated to payment of the Obligations in accordance with the terms set forth on Schedule 1.01. 21 “ subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by the parent, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. “ Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower or a Loan Party, as applicable. “ Swap Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, spot, future, credit default or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement. “ Swap Agreement Obligations ” means any and all obligations of the Loan Parties, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (a) any and all Swap Agreements permitted hereunder with a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, and (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any such Swap Agreement transaction. “ Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder. “ Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto. “ Total Funded Indebtedness ” means, at any date, the aggregate principal amount of all Funded Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. “ Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the borrowing of Loans and other credit extensions, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder. “ Transfer Pricing Transactions ” means transactions between the Borrower and/or the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates, pursuant to which the parties to such transactions periodically invoice and remunerate each other for products and services provided to or exchanged among such parties, all upon such terms and prices (and subject to such mark-ups) as are consistent with the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ and their respective Affiliates’ customary transfer pricing methods. 22 “ Type ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate. “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or any other state the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests. “ Unliquidated Obligations ” means, at any time, any Secured Obligations (or portion thereof) that are contingent in nature or unliquidated at such time, including any Secured Obligation that is: (i) an obligation to reimburse a bank for drawings not yet made under a letter of credit issued by it; (ii) any other obligation (including any guarantee) that is contingent in nature at such time; or (iii) an obligation to provide collateral to secure any of the foregoing types of obligations. “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(B)(3). “ USA PATRIOT Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001. “ Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA. SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Loan”). SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “law” shall be construed as referring to all statutes, rules, regulations, codes and other laws (including official rulings and interpretations thereunder having the force of law or with which affected Persons customarily comply) and all judgments, orders and decrees of all Governmental Authorities. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any definition of or reference to any statute, rule or regulation shall be construed as referring thereto as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (including by succession of comparable successor laws), (c) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignments set forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that shall have succeeded to any or all functions thereof, (d) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (e) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (f) any reference in any definition to the phrase “at any time” or “for any period” shall refer to the same time or period for all calculations or determinations within such definition, and (g) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. 23 SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that it requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. SECTION 1.05. Status of Obligations . In the event that the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall at any time issue or have outstanding any Subordinated Indebtedness, the Borrower shall take or cause such other Loan Party to take all such actions as shall be necessary to cause the Secured Obligations to constitute senior indebtedness (however denominated) in respect of such Subordinated Indebtedness and to enable the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to have and exercise any payment blockage or other remedies available or potentially available to holders of senior indebtedness under the terms of such Subordinated Indebtedness. Without limiting the foregoing, the Secured Obligations are hereby designated as “senior indebtedness” and as “designated senior indebtedness” and words of similar import under and in respect of any indenture or other agreement or instrument under which such Subordinated Indebtedness is outstanding and are further given all such other designations as shall be required under the terms of any such Subordinated Indebtedness in order that the Lenders may have and exercise any payment blockage or other remedies available or potentially available to holders of senior indebtedness under the terms of such Subordinated Indebtedness. ARTICLE II The Credits SECTION 2.01. Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in such Lender’s Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Loans. SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings . (a) Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required. (b) Subject to Section 2.14, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith, provided that all Borrowings made on the Effective Date must be made as ABR Borrowings but may be converted into Eurodollar Borrowings in accordance with Section 2.08. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan (and in the case of an Affiliate, the provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 shall apply to such Affiliate to the same extent as to such Lender); provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 24 (c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1,000,000. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $1,000,000; provided that an ABR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(e). Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of five (5) Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding. (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date. SECTION 2.03. Requests for Borrowings . To request a Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request either in writing (delivered by hand or facsimile) in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower or by telephone (such request a “ Borrowing Request ”) (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or facsimile to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.01: (i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing and a breakdown of the separate wires comprising such Borrowing; (ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day; (iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and (iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.” If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing. SECTION 2.04. [Section intentionally omitted]. SECTION 2.05. [Section intentionally omitted]. 25 SECTION 2.06. Letters of Credit . (a) General . The Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit denominated in dollars as the applicant thereof for the support of its or its Subsidiaries’ obligations, in a form reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, such Issuing Bank shall issue such Letters of Credit. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, any Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. The Borrower unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that, in connection with any Letter of Credit issued for the support of any Subsidiary’s obligations as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph, the Borrower will be fully responsible for the reimbursement of LC Disbursements in accordance with the terms hereof, the payment of interest thereon and the payment of fees due under Section 2.12(b) to the same extent as if it were the sole account party in respect of such Letter of Credit (the Borrower hereby irrevocably waiving any defenses that might otherwise be available to it as a guarantor or surety of the obligations of such Subsidiary that is an account party in respect of any such Letter of Credit). (b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions . To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or facsimile (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the applicable Issuing Bank) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of, but in any event no less than three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section) and whether such Letter of Credit shall contain automatic extension or renewal provisions, the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $10,000,000 and (ii) the Aggregate Credit Exposure shall not exceed the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders. (c) Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall expire (or be subject to termination or non-renewal by notice from the applicable Issuing Bank to the beneficiary thereof) at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any one-time renewal or extension thereof, including, without limitation, any automatic renewal provision, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Maturity Date. Each Letter of Credit with automatic extension or renewal provisions shall, subject to the right of the respective Issuing Bank to terminate such automatic renewal in accordance with the terms of such Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, be automatically renewed for a successive one-year period on each anniversary of the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit, until cancelled by the Borrower by notice to the applicable Issuing Bank in accordance with the terms of such Letter of Credit agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued; provided that such Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Maturity Date if not earlier cancelled. 26 (d) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the Lenders, such Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. (e) Reimbursement . If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement (i) not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date, or, (ii) if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on (a) the Business Day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the day of receipt, or (b) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that, if such LC Disbursement is not less than $500,000, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 that such payment be financed with an ABR Borrowing in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Borrowing. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse any Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Loans as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement. (f) Obligations Absolute . The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by an Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit 27 against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor any Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of any Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse any Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of an Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, an Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit. (g) Disbursement Procedures . The applicable Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. Such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by facsimile) of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement. (h) Interim Interest . If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Loans and such interest shall be payable on the date when such reimbursement is due; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment. (i) Replacement of an Issuing Bank . An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of an Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights 28 and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit then outstanding and issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit. (j) Cash Collateralization . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the aggregate LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders (the “ LC Collateral Account ”), an amount in cash equal to 105% of the amount of the LC Exposure as of such date plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VII. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over the LC Collateral Account and the Borrower hereby grants the Administrative Agent a security interest in the LC Collateral Account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in the LC Collateral Account. Moneys in the LC Collateral Account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Banks for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the aggregate LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other Secured Obligations. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all such Defaults have been cured or waived. (k) Issuing Bank Reports to the Administrative Agent . Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank shall, in addition to its notification obligations set forth elsewhere in this Section, report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) periodic activity (for such period or recurrent periods as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent) in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, including all issuances, extensions, amendments and renewals, all expirations and cancelations and all disbursements and reimbursements, (ii) reasonably prior to the time that such Issuing Bank issues, amends, renews or extends any Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, and the stated amount of the Letters of Credit issued, amended, renewed or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (and whether the amounts thereof shall have changed), (iii) on each Business Day on which such Issuing Bank makes any LC Disbursement, the date and amount of such LC Disbursement, (iv) on any Business Day on which the Borrower fails to reimburse an LC Disbursement required to be reimbursed to such Issuing Bank on such day, the date of such failure and the amount of such LC Disbursement, and (v) on any other Business Day, such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request as to the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank. 29 (l) LC Exposure Determination . For all purposes of this Agreement, the amount of a Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at the time of determination. SECTION 2.07. Funding of Borrowings . (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 2:00 p.m., New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.06(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Banks. (b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. SECTION 2.08. Interest Elections . (a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. (b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or facsimile to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. 30 (c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02: (i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing); (ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day; (iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and (iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”. If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. (d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing. (e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto. SECTION 2.09. Termination and Reduction of Commitments; Increase in Commitments . (a) Unless previously terminated, all Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date. (b) The Borrower may at any time, without (subject to Section 2.16) premium or penalty, terminate the Commitments upon (i) the payment in full of all outstanding Loans, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and on any Letters of Credit, (ii) the cancellation and return of all outstanding Letters of Credit (or alternatively, with respect to each such Letter of Credit, the furnishing to the Administrative Agent of a cash deposit (or at the discretion of the Administrative Agent a back up standby letter of credit satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank) in an amount equal to 105% of the LC Exposure as of such date), (iii) the payment in full of the accrued and unpaid fees, and (iv) the payment in full of all reimbursable expenses and other Obligations together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon. (c) The Borrower may from time to time, without (subject to Section 2.16) premium or penalty, reduce the Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000, and (ii) the Borrower shall not reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.10, the Aggregate Credit Exposure would exceed the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders. 31 (d) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section at least three (3) Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or events, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments. (e) The Borrower shall have the right to increase the aggregate Commitments by obtaining additional Commitments, either from one or more of the Lenders or, to the extent the existing Lenders have declined to provide such additional Commitments, other lending institutions provided that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $10,000,000, (ii) the Borrower, may make a maximum of two (2) such requests, (iii) each existing Lender shall have been given the right to provide its pro rata share of such increase Commitment (calculated based on the ratio of such Lender’s Commitment to the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders, in each case prior to giving effect to the proposed increased), (iv) the Administrative Agent and each Closing Date Lender (so long as such Lender is still a Lender at the time and after giving effect to such increase) have approved the identity of any such new Lender, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, (v) any such new Lender assumes all of the rights and obligations of a “Lender” hereunder, and (vi) the procedure described in Section 2.09(f) have been satisfied. Nothing contained in this Section 2.09 shall constitute, or otherwise be deemed to be, a commitment on the part of any Lender to increase its Commitment hereunder at any time. (f) Any amendment hereto for such an increase or addition shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall only require the written signatures of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and each Lender being added or increasing its Commitment, subject only to the approval of all Lenders if any such increase would cause the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders to exceed $100,000,000. As a condition precedent to such an increase, Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by an authorized officer of such Loan Party (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article III and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that in each case any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects, and (B) no Default exists. (g) Within a reasonable time after the effective date of any increase, the Administrative Agent shall, and is hereby authorized and directed to, revise the Commitment Schedule to reflect such increase and shall distribute such revised Commitment Schedule to each of the Lenders and the Borrower, whereupon such revised Commitment Schedule shall replace the old Commitment Schedule and become part of this Agreement. On the Business Day following any such increase, all outstanding ABR Loans shall be reallocated among the Lenders (including any newly added Lenders) in accordance with the Lenders’ respective revised Applicable Percentages. Eurodollar Loans shall not be reallocated among the Lenders prior to the expiration of the applicable Interest Period in effect at the time of any such increase. 32 SECTION 2.10. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt . (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Loan on the Maturity Date. (b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder. (c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof. (d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (c) or (d) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. (e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note (each a “ Note ” and, collectively, the “ Notes ”). In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a Note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such Note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more Notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such Note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns). SECTION 2.11. Prepayment of Loans . (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time, without (subject to Section 2.16) premium or penalty, to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section. (b) In the event and on such occasion that the Aggregate Credit Exposure exceeds the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders, the Borrower shall prepay the Loans and/or cash collateralize the LC Exposure in an aggregate amount equal to such excess. (c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by facsimile) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, or (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.09, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.09. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13. 33 SECTION 2.12. Fees . (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender, subject to Section 2.20) a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the Commitment Fee Rate set forth in the definition of Applicable Rate on the average daily amount of the Available Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which the Commitments terminate. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the first Business Day of each January, April, July and October and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed. (b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender, subject to Section 2.20) a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to the applicable Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the applicable Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of each calendar quarter shall be payable on the first Business Day of each of each January, April, July and October following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to any Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed. (c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, and to any Lender, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent or such Lender. (d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to an Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances. SECTION 2.13. Interest . (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate. (b) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate. (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section. 34 (d) Accrued interest on each Loan (for ABR Loans, accrued through the last day of the prior calendar quarter) shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion. (e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error. SECTION 2.14. Alternate Rate of Interest . If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing: (a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or (b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period; then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by electronic communication as provided in Section 9.01 as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective, and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing. SECTION 2.15. Increased Costs . (a) If any Change in Law shall: (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, liquidity or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or any Issuing Bank; (ii) impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein (except for Taxes which are covered by Sections 2.17 and 10.09 and changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of such Lender); or 35 (iii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes and (B) Excluded Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or such Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered. (b) If any Lender or any Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered. (c) A certificate of a Lender or the applicable Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof. (d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. SECTION 2.16. Break Funding Payments . In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.09(d) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event (which shall not include 36 any loss of margin or Applicable Rate). In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth, in reasonable detail, any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof. SECTION 2.17. Withholding of Taxes; Gross-Up . (a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by such Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.17) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made. (b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Loan Parties . The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for, Other Taxes. (c) Evidence of Payment . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.17, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. (d) Indemnification by the Loan Parties . The Loan Parties shall indemnify each Recipient, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. (e) Indemnification by the Lenders . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to 37 do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e). (f) Status of Lenders . (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable law and at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or as reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender, provided that in such case the Lender shall indemnify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent from any and all liabilities arising therefrom. (ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person, (A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax; (B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable: 38 (1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty; (2) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming that its extension of credit will generate U.S. effectively connected income, executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI; (3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E; or (4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the Beneficial Owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 or Exhibit E-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each Beneficial Owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner; (C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and (D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative 39 Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement. Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. (g) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.17 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.17), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.17 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This paragraph (g) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person. (h) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.17 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document. (i) Defined Terms . For purposes of this Section 2.17, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA. (j) Without Duplication . For the avoidance of doubt, no Loan Party shall be required to gross-up or indemnify a Recipient pursuant to this Section 2.17 for any Taxes to the extent another Loan Party has already grossed-up or indemnified such Recipient, or pay any Other Taxes to the extent another Loan Party has already paid such Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority. SECTION 2.18. Payments Generally; Allocation of Proceeds; Sharing of Setoffs . (a)The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately 40 available funds, without setoff or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 10 South Dearborn Street, 22 nd Floor, Chicago, Illinois, except payments to be made directly to an Issuing Bank as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars. (b) Any proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent (i) not constituting a specific payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under the Loan Documents (which shall be applied as specified by the Borrower), or (ii) after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, shall be applied ratably first , to pay any fees, indemnities, or expense reimbursements including amounts then due to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks from the Borrower (other than in connection with Banking Services Obligations or Swap Agreement Obligations), second , to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then due to the Lenders from the Borrower (other than in connection with Banking Services Obligations or Swap Agreement Obligations), third , to pay interest then due and payable on the Loans ratably, fourth , to prepay principal on the Loans and unreimbursed LC Disbursements, fifth , to pay an amount to the Administrative Agent equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the aggregate undrawn face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit, to be held as cash collateral for such Obligations, sixth , to payment of any amounts owing with respect to Banking Services Obligations and Secured Swap Agreement Obligations, and seventh , to the payment of any other Secured Obligation due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from any Loan Party shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Loan Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, unless so directed by the Borrower, or unless a Default is in existence, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall apply any payment which it receives to any Eurodollar Loan, except (a) on the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable to any such Eurodollar Loan or (b) in the event, and only to the extent, that there are no outstanding ABR Loans and, in any such event, the Borrower shall pay the break funding payment required in accordance with Section 2.16. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and reverse and reapply any and all such proceeds and payments to any portion of the Secured Obligations. (c) At the election of the Borrower but subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02, all payments of principal, interest, LC Disbursements, fees, premiums, reimbursable expenses (including, without limitation, all reimbursement for fees, costs and expenses pursuant to Section 9.03), and other sums payable under the Loan Documents, may be paid from the proceeds of Borrowings made hereunder whether made following a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03 or a deemed request as provided in this Section or may be deducted from any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent. (d) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders 41 ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in LC Disbursements; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to (A) the Borrower or any Subsidiary (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply) or (B) to the extent such payment is made directly by the Borrower or any Subsidiary (and is not otherwise permitted by this Agreement), any Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. (e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or any Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. (f) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it hereunder, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations hereunder until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and apply any such amounts to, any future funding obligations of such Lender hereunder; application of amounts pursuant to (i) and (ii) above shall be made in such order as may be determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.” (g) The Administrative Agent may from time to time provide the Borrower with billing statements or invoices with respect to any of the Secured Obligations (the “ Billing Statements ”). The Administrative Agent is under no duty or obligation to provide Billing Statements, which, if provided, will be solely for the Borrower’s convenience. The Billing Statements may contain estimates of the amounts owed during the relevant billing period, whether of principal, interest, fees or other Secured Obligations. If the Borrower pays the full amount indicated on a Billing Statement on or before the due date indicated on such Billing Statement, the Borrower shall not be in default; provided, that acceptance by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, of any payment that is less than the payment due at that time shall not constitute a waiver of the Administrative Agent’s or the Lenders’ right to receive payment in full at another time. 42 SECTION 2.19. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders . (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if the Borrower or the Loan Guarantors are required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Sections 2.17 or 10.09, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15, 2.17 or 10.09, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment). (b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if the Borrower or the Loan Guarantors are required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender) pursuant to Section 2.17 or Section 10.09, or if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17) and obligations under this Agreement and other Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and if a Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Banks), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Sections 2.17 or 10.09, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. SECTION 2.20. Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender: (a) fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(a); (b) such Defaulting Lender shall not have the right to vote on any issue on which voting is required (other than to the extent expressly provided in Section 9.02(b)) and the Commitment and Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 9.02) or under any other Loan Document; provided , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02, this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender directly affected thereby; (c) if any LC Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then: 43 (i) all or any part of the LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent that the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments; and (ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent, cash collateralize for the benefit of the Issuing Banks only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.06(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding; (iii) if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to Section 2.20(c), the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized; (iv) if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to Section 2.20(c), then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.12(a) and Section 2.12(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; or (v) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to Section 2.20(c), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all facility fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment that was utilized by such LC Exposure) and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Banks until such LC Exposure is cash collateralized and/or reallocated; (d) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is reasonably satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.20(c), and participating interests in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.20(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein); (e) if (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a Parent of any Lender shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) an Issuing Bank has a good faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, such Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue or increase any Letter of Credit unless such Issuing Bank shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder; and (f) in the event and on the date that each of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, and each Issuing Bank agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the LC Exposure of the other Lenders shall be readjusted to 44 reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. SECTION 2.21. Returned Payments . If after receipt of any payment which is applied to the payment of all or any part of the Obligations (including a payment effected through exercise of a right of setoff), the Administrative Agent or any Lender is for any reason compelled to surrender such payment or proceeds to any Person because such payment or application of proceeds is invalidated, declared fraudulent, set aside, determined to be void or voidable as a preference, impermissible setoff, or a diversion of trust funds, or for any other reason (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion), then the Obligations or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued and this Agreement shall continue in full force as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by the Administrative Agent or such Lender. The provisions of this Section 2.21 shall be and remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may have been taken by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in reliance upon such payment or application of proceeds. The provisions of this Section 2.21 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Lenders that: SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers . Each of the Loan Parties and each of its Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required. SECTION 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability . The Transactions are within each Loan Party’s corporate or limited liability company powers, as the case may be, and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company and, if required, stockholder or member action. Each Loan Document to which each Loan Party is a party has been duly executed and delivered by such Loan Party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. SECTION 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts . The Transactions (a) do not, on the part of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except for filings necessary to perfect Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents, (b) will not violate any Requirement of Law applicable to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under, or give rise to a right to require any payment to be made by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries under, (i) any indenture or loan agreement, in each case, evidencing Indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000, (ii) any Swap Agreement or (iii) any other material agreement, in each case which is binding upon any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or its assets, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, except Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents. 45 SECTION 3.04. Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change . (a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows (i) as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, reported on by Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) as of and for the fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, certified by its chief financial officer. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii) above. (b) No event, change or condition has occurred that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect, since December 31, 2013. SECTION 3.05. Properties . (a) Each of the Loan Parties and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property, except for defects in title that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. (b) Each of the Loan Parties and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Loan Parties and its Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. SECTION 3.06. Litigation and Environmental Matters . (a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened against or affecting the Loan Parties or any of its Subsidiaries (i) that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that involve this Agreement or the Transactions. (b) No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability that, in each case, individually in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. SECTION 3.07. Compliance with Laws and Agreements . Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing. SECTION 3.08. Investment Company Status . No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 46 SECTION 3.09. Taxes . Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. SECTION 3.10. ERISA . No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to each Plan, the “funding target,” as defined in Section 430(d)(1) of the Code, with respect to such Plan, does not exceed the fair market value of all such Plan’s assets, as determined pursuant to Section 430(g) of the Code, all determined as of the then-most recent valuation date for such Plan using the actuarial assumptions used to determine the Plan’s “funding target attainment” percentage as defined in Section 430(d) of the Code. SECTION 3.11. Disclosure . The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any Subsidiary is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information (other than any projected financial information or other forward-looking information or information of a general economic or general industry specific nature) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein (taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information or other forward-looking information or information of a general economic or general industry specific nature, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time (it being understood that any such information may differ from actual results and such differences may be material). SECTION 3.12. Capitalization and Subsidiaries . Schedule 3.12 sets forth, as of the date hereof, (a) a correct and complete list of the name and relationship to the Borrower of each and all of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries, (b) the type of entity and jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, and (c) which of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries are Material Domestic Subsidiaries and Material Foreign Subsidiaries. All of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests owned by any Loan Party has been (to the extent such concepts are relevant with respect to such ownership interests) duly authorized and issued and is fully paid and non-assessable. SECTION 3.13. Security Interest in Collateral . The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents create legal and valid Liens on all of the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and, upon filing a UCC financing statement in the Loan Parties’ applicable jurisdiction of organization such Liens, will constitute perfected and continuing Liens on the Collateral in which a security interest can be perfected by filing a UCC financing statement, securing the Secured Obligations, enforceable against the applicable Loan Party and all third parties, and having priority over all other Liens on the Collateral except in the case of (a) Permitted Encumbrances, to the extent any such Permitted Encumbrances would have priority over the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to any applicable law or agreement, and (b) Liens perfected only by possession (including possession of any certificate of title), to the extent the Administrative Agent has not obtained or does not maintain possession of such Collateral. SECTION 3.14. Federal Reserve Regulations . No part of the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit has been used or will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X. 47 SECTION 3.15. Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions . Each Loan Party has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by such Loan Party, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and such Loan Party, its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees and, to the knowledge of such Loan Party, its directors and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of (a) any Loan Party, any Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of any such Loan Party or Subsidiary, any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or (b) to the knowledge of any such Loan Party or Subsidiary, any agent of such Loan Party or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No Borrowing or Letter of Credit, use of proceeds, Transaction or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions. SECTION 3.16. Common Enterprise . The successful operation and condition of each of the Loan Parties is dependent on the continued successful performance of the functions of the group of the Loan Parties as a whole and the successful operation of each of the Loan Parties is dependent on the successful performance and operation of each other Loan Party. Each Loan Party expects to derive benefit (and its board of directors or other governing body has determined that it may reasonably be expected to derive benefit), directly and indirectly, from (i) successful operations of each of the other Loan Parties and (ii) the credit extended by the Lenders to the Borrower hereunder, both in their separate capacities and as members of the group of companies. Each Loan Party has determined that execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and any other Loan Documents to be executed by such Loan Party is within its purpose, in furtherance of its direct and/or indirect business interests, will be of direct and/or indirect benefit to such Loan Party, and is in its best interest. ARTICLE IV Conditions SECTION 4.01. Conditions to Initial Loans . The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02): (a) Credit Agreement and Other Loan Documents . The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received (i) from each party hereto either (A) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (B) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile or other electronic transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement such other certificates, documents, instruments and agreements as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including any Notes requested by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.10 payable to the order of each such requesting Lender and a written opinion of the Loan Parties’ counsel, addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. (b) Financial Statements and Projections . The Lenders shall have received (i) audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the 2011, 2012, and 2013 fiscal years, (ii) unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its 48 Subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter ended after the date of the latest applicable financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (i) of this paragraph as to which such financial statements are available, and (iii) projections through 2017. (c) Closing Certificates; Certified Certificate of Incorporation; Good Standing Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Effective Date and executed by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, which shall (A) certify the resolutions of its Board of Directors, members or other body authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (B) identify by name and title and bear the signatures of the Financial Officers and any other officers of such Loan Party authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (C) contain appropriate attachments, including the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization of each Loan Party certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party and a true and correct copy of its by-laws or operating, management or partnership agreement, and (ii) a long form good standing certificate for each Loan Party from its jurisdiction of organization. (d) No Default Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower on the initial Borrowing date (i) stating that no Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) stating that the representations and warranties contained in Article III are true and correct in all material respects as of such date except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects, and (iii) certifying any other factual matters as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent. (e) Fees . The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable fees and expenses of outside legal counsel). (f) Lien Searches . The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a recent lien search in each of the jurisdictions where assets of the Loan Parties are located, and such search shall reveal no liens on any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for liens permitted by Section 6.02 or discharged on or prior to the Effective Date pursuant to a pay-off letter or other documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. (g) Pledged Stock; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) the certificates representing the shares of Equity Interests pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof and (ii) each promissory note (if any) pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement endorsed (without recourse) in blank (or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank) by the pledgor thereof. (h) Filings, Registrations and Recordings . Each document (including any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement) required by the Collateral Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein (but only to the extent required therein), prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02), shall be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation. (i) Insurance . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence of insurance coverage in form, scope, and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and otherwise in compliance with the terms of Section 5.05 and Section 4.10 of the Security Agreement. 49 (j) Solvency . The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate from a Financial Officer substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D. (k) Tax Withholding . The Administrative Agent shall have received a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8 or W-9, as applicable, for each Loan Party. (l) USA PATRIOT Act, Etc . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act, for each Loan Party. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event . The obligation of each Lender to make any Loan, and of the Issuing Banks to issue or increase any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions: (a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Loan or the date of issuance or increase of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, except that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, (ii) any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects. (b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Loan or the issuance or increase of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Each Loan and each issuance or increase of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section. ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated or been cash collateralized and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, each Loan Party executing this Agreement covenants and agrees, jointly and severally with all of the Loan Parties, with the Lenders that: SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements and Other Information . The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender: (a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized 50 national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and (ii) unaudited consolidating balance sheets and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, certified by one of the Borrower’s Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidating basis in accordance with GAAP; (b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; (c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower in substantially the form of Exhibit B (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with the Financial Covenants and compliance with Sections 6.04(c) and (d), and (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the later of December 31, 2013 and the end date of the financial statements most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate; (d) [Reserved]; (e) as soon as available, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the start of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the plan and forecast (including a projected consolidated balance sheet, income statement and funds flow statement) of the Borrower for each month of such fiscal year (the “ Projections ”) in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; (f) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders generally, as the case may be; and (g) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.01, (x) the Borrower shall be deemed to have complied with the terms of Sections 5.01(a) and (b), as applicable, with respect to the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant thereto if the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, within the same time frame required under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities Exchange Commission its annual report on Form 10-K for the applicable fiscal year or its 51 quarterly report in Form 10-Q for the applicable fiscal quarter, respectively, that it has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and (y) any documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(a), (b) and (f) shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which the Borrower provides notice to the Administrative Agent that such information has been posted on the Borrower’s website on the Internet (with such notice containing the link thereto), or posted on Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent). SECTION 5.02. Notices of Material Events . The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following: (a) the occurrence of any Default; (b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $2,500,000; and (d) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect. Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto. SECTION 5.03. Existence; Conduct of Business . Each Loan Party will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, (a) do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, qualifications, licenses, permits, franchises, governmental authorizations, intellectual property rights, licenses and permits material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03 and (b) carry on and conduct its business in substantially the same manner and in substantially the same fields of enterprise as it is presently conducted or in fields which are, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, similar, complimentary or substantially related thereto or are reasonable extensions thereof. SECTION 5.04. Payment of Obligations . Each Loan Party will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, pay or discharge all Material Indebtedness and all other material liabilities and obligations, including Taxes, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) such Loan Party or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. SECTION 5.05. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Casualty and Condemnation . (a) Each Loan Party will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, (i) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and 52 tear excepted, and (ii) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. (b) The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders prompt written notice of any casualty or other insured damage to any material portion of the Collateral or the commencement of any action or proceeding for the taking of any material portion of the Collateral or interest therein under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding. SECTION 5.06. Books and Records; Inspection Rights . Each Loan Party will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, (i) keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (ii) permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including employees of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any consultants, accountants, lawyers, appraisers and field examiners retained by the Administrative Agent), upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to reimburse the Administrative Agent or any Lender for the cost of more than one such visit during any year, except during the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default. The Loan Parties acknowledge that the Administrative Agent, after exercising its rights of inspection, may prepare and distribute to the Lenders certain reports pertaining to the Loan Parties’ assets for internal use by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. SECTION 5.07. Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, comply with all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds . (a) The proceeds of the Loans will be used only for working capital and general corporate purposes including Permitted Acquisitions. No part of the proceeds of any Loan and no Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X. (b) The Borrower will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (a) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (b) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, or (c) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto. SECTION 5.09. Additional Collateral; Further Assurances . (a) Subject to applicable law, the Borrower and each other Loan Party shall cause each of its domestic Subsidiaries formed or acquired on or after the date of this Agreement (including any such Subsidiaries formed or acquired pursuant to the Permitted Overland Acquisition) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to become a Loan Party, within 30 days after the date of such formation or acquisition, by executing the Joinder Agreement set forth as Exhibit C hereto (the “ Joinder Agreement ”). Upon execution and delivery thereof, each such Person shall automatically become a Loan Guarantor hereunder and thereupon shall have all of the rights, benefits, duties, and obligations in such capacity under the Loan Documents. 53 (b) Subject to applicable law, the Borrower and other Loan Party shall cause each of its Material Domestic Subsidiaries (including any such Subsidiaries formed or acquired pursuant to the Permitted Overland Acquisition) formed or acquired after the date of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and each Subsidiary who hereafter becomes a Material Domestic Subsidiary, in each case, within 30 days after the date of such formation or acquisition (or after the date on which such Subsidiary becomes a Material Domestic Subsidiary, as applicable) to execute a joinder to the Security Agreement, pursuant to which such Material Domestic Subsidiary shall grant Liens to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in any property of such Loan Party which constitutes Collateral. (c) Subject to the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), the Borrower and each other Material Domestic Subsidiary will cause (i) 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each of its domestic Subsidiaries and (ii) 65% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) and 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests not entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) in each Material Foreign Subsidiary (including any Subsidiary who becomes a Material Foreign Subsidiary after the Effective Date) directly owned by the Borrower or any Material Domestic Subsidiary to be subject at all times to a first priority, perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents or other security documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. (d) Without limiting the foregoing, each Loan Party will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Administrative Agent such documents, agreements and instruments, and will take or cause to be taken such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents and such other actions or deliveries of the type required by Section 4.01, as applicable), which may be required by law or which the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, reasonably request to carry out the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, to the extent required by the Security Agreement, to ensure perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated or been cash collateralized and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Loan Parties covenant and agree, jointly and severally, with the Lenders that: SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness . No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except: (a) the Secured Obligations; (b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01 and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; 54 (c) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, provided that (i) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to the Borrower or to any Subsidiary that is a Loan Party shall be subject to Section 6.04 and (ii) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is a Loan Party to any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subordinated to the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms set forth on Schedule 1.01 or otherwise on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; (d) Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, provided that (i) the Indebtedness so Guaranteed is permitted by this Section 6.01, and (ii) Guarantees by the Borrower or any Subsidiary that is a Loan Party of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to Section 6.04; (e) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets (whether or not constituting purchase money Indebtedness), including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition (including by way of any Permitted Acquisition) of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness in accordance with clause (f) hereof; provided that, (i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (e) (including any refinancing thereof permitted by clause (f)) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding; (f) Indebtedness which represents an extension, refinancing, or renewal of any of the Indebtedness described in clauses (b) and (e) hereof; provided that, (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased, (ii) any Liens securing such Indebtedness are not extended to any additional property of any Loan Party, (iii) no Loan Party that is not originally obligated (or required to become obligated) with respect to repayment of such Indebtedness is required to become obligated with respect thereto, (iv) such extension, refinancing or renewal does not result in a shortening of the average weighted maturity of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced or renewed, (v) the terms of any such extension, refinancing, or renewal are not materially less favorable to the obligor thereunder than the original terms of such Indebtedness, taken as a whole, and (vi) if the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended was subordinated in right of payment to the Secured Obligations, then the terms and conditions of the refinancing, renewal, or extension Indebtedness must include subordination terms and conditions that are at least as favorable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as those that were applicable to the refinanced, renewed, or extended Indebtedness; (g) Indebtedness owed to any person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; (h) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business; (i) Subordinated Indebtedness of any Loan Party in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $25,000,000 at any time outstanding; 55 (j) Indebtedness or Guarantees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with any Swap Agreement permitted under Section 6.06; (k) Indebtedness arising from customary agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnout, deferred purchase price or similar obligations in connection with acquisitions or dispositions of any business or assets by or of the Borrower or any Subsidiary permitted hereunder; (l) Judgments entered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the extent not constituting an Event of Default; (m) Indebtedness or Guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with cash pooling, netting and cash management arrangements consisting of overdrafts or similar arrangements, providing that any such Indebtedness does not consist of Indebtedness for borrowed money and is owed to the financial institutions providing such arrangements and such Indebtedness is extinguished within five (5) Business Days following the Borrower or any Subsidiary becoming aware of the incurrence thereof; (n) Indebtedness of foreign Subsidiaries to finance the working capital needs of such foreign Subsidiaries, provided that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed $10,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof) at any time; (o) Indebtedness owed to sellers constituting consideration for Permitted Acquisitions; (p) Indebtedness of a Person or Indebtedness attaching to assets of a Person that, in either case, becomes a Subsidiary or Indebtedness attaching to assets that are acquired by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case as the result of a Permitted Acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness existed at the time such Person became a Subsidiary or at the time such assets were acquired and, in each case, was not created in anticipation thereof; (q) Indebtedness or Guarantees in an aggregate amount not exceeding $500,000, consisting of reimbursement obligations owed to banks providing the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with backstop, letter of credit, guarantee or equivalent services in connection with its leased properties; (r) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with any Guarantees given by them, or any letters of credit or bank guarantees issued by any bank or financial institution, in favor of any Governmental Authority to secure the payment of Taxes owed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to such Governmental Authorities; (s) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary owed to sublessees in respect of security deposits or advances held by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the subletting to such sublessees of any leasehold interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (t) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of Capital Lease Obligations incurred in connection with employee vehicle financing arrangements in India; and (u) other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $10,000,000 at any time outstanding. 56 SECTION 6.02. Liens . No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except: (a) Liens created pursuant to any Loan Document; (b) Permitted Encumbrances; (c) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02 ; provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or such Subsidiary and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; (d) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof (including by way of any Permitted Acquisition) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary , as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; (e) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (e) or clause (t) of Section 6.01, (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 110% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or Subsidiary; (f) Liens of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction covering only the items being collected upon; (g) Liens granted by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of the Borrower or another Loan Party in respect of Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary; (h) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods; (i) broker’s Liens, bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Permitted Investments on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case, granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, including any such Liens or rights of setoff securing amounts owing in the ordinary course of business to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; (j) licenses, sub-licenses and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business that do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; 57 (k) Liens on assets of foreign Subsidiaries to secure Indebtedness of such foreign Subsidiaries permitted under Section 6.01(n); (l) Liens on cash or Permitted Investments constituting earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement for a Permitted Acquisition; (m) Liens on cash collateral securing the Indebtedness described in Section 6.01(q); (n) Liens on cash collateral of foreign Subsidiaries securing the Indebtedness described in Section 6.01(r); and (o) Liens on cash collateral to secure any Swap Agreement permitted under Section 6.06, so long as the aggregate amount of such cash collateral does not, as of any date of determination, exceed $20,000,000. SECTION 6.03. Fundamental Changes . (a) No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets, or all or substantially all of the stock of any of its Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation, (ii) any Subsidiary may merge into any Loan Party in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Loan Party, (iii) any Person may merge into any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Acquisition so long as, in the case of a merger involving any Loan Party or Material Foreign Subsidiary, such Loan Party or Material Foreign Subsidiary is the surviving entity, (iv) any Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary and (v) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may liquidate or dissolve if the Loan Party which owns such Subsidiary determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of such Loan Party and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; provided that any such merger involving a Person that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also permitted by Section 6.04. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries shall be permitted to enter into an agreement to effect any transaction of merger or consolidation that is not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.03 at a future time, provided that such agreement shall be conditioned on (i) obtaining requisite approvals permitting the respective transaction (and any related financing or other transactions) in accordance with the requirements of Section 9.02 or (ii) the satisfaction and discharge of all outstanding Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided further that such agreement shall (x) not contain any provision imposing fees or damages on any Loan Party or its Subsidiary for failure to meet the conditions set forth above and (y) contain termination provisions which will provide for the termination of the agreement within a reasonable time if the conditions described in the preceding proviso have not been satisfied by such time. (b) No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and its 58 Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses which are, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, similar, complimentary or substantially related thereto or are reasonable extensions thereof. (c) The Borrower will not change its fiscal year which currently ends on December 31 of each year. SECTION 6.04. Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions . No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a Loan Party and a wholly owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit, except: (a) Permitted Investments; (b) investments in existence on the date of this Agreement and described in Schedule 6.04 ; (c) investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the capital stock of their respective Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of investments (together with the aggregate amount of loans and advances described in Section 6.04(d)), as of any date of determination, made by the Borrower or the other Loan Parties in the capital stock of their respective Subsidiaries who are not Loan Parties does not at any time exceed an amount equal to 50% of the EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters having most recently ended prior to such date of determination and for which financial statements are available (with the amount of any such investments being the original cost of such investment, less all repayments, returns, dividends and distributions, in each case received in cash in respect of such investment and less all liabilities effectively assumed by a person other than any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with the sale of any such investment); (d) loans or advances made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate amount of loans and advances (together with the aggregate amount of investments described in Section 6.04(c)) made by the Borrower or the other Loan Parties to Subsidiaries who are not Loan Parties that are at any time outstanding does not, as of any date of determination, exceed an amount equal to 50% of the EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters having most recently ended prior to such date of determination and for which financial statements are available; (e) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01; (f) Permitted Acquisitions; (g) loans and advances to employees of the Borrower or any Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (including for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses and to finance the purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not to exceed $2,500,000 at any time outstanding; (h) investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Person or in settlement of obligations of, or disputes with, any Person arising in the ordinary course of business; 59 (i) Swap Agreements permitted by Section 6.06; (j) Transfer Pricing Transactions; (k) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business; (l) the Borrower’s initial investment in the Specified JV (it being expressly acknowledged and agreed that additional loans to and investments in the Specified JV following such initial investment shall be subject to the other provisions of this Section 6.04) and (m) in addition to investments otherwise expressly permitted by this Section, investments, loans and advances by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount (valued at cost) not to exceed $15,000,000 during the term of this Agreement. SECTION 6.05. Asset Dispositions; Sale and Leaseback Transactions . (a) No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, make any Disposition except: (i) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business; (ii) Dispositions (including non-exclusive licenses) of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (iii) Dispositions of equipment or real property to the extent that (A) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (B) the proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property; (iv) Dispositions of property by Borrower to any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary to Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that if such property is subject to any Lien under any Collateral Document prior to any such Disposition, such property shall remain subject to valid and perfected Liens under the Collateral Documents after such Disposition; (v) Dispositions permitted by Sections 6.03, 6.04, 6.05(b), 6.07 and 6.08; (vi) Dispositions of overdue accounts receivable solely in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; (vii) Dispositions pursuant to operating leases (not in connection with any sale and leaseback transactions or other Capital Lease Obligations) entered into in the ordinary course of business; (viii) Dispositions of property and assets subject to condemnation and casualty events; (ix) Dispositions of cash and cash equivalents in the ordinary course of business; 60 (x) Dispositions by Borrower and any Subsidiary not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.05(a); provided that (A) at the time of such Disposition, no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, and (B) the aggregate fair market value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this subclause (x) in any fiscal year (or in the case of any Disposition for which the fair market value cannot reasonably be determined, the aggregate purchase price therefor) shall not exceed $5,000,000; and (xi) Dispositions pursuant to any Transfer Pricing Transactions; provided , however , that any Disposition pursuant to Section 6.05(a)(i) through (a)(iii), Section 6.05(a)(v) (except insofar as it relates to any transaction solely between the Borrower and any Subsidiary or Section 6.07), Section 6.05(a)(vi) (except to the extent determined by the applicable Person making such Disposition in good faith to be appropriate in accordance with its usual practice), Section 6.05(a)(vii) and Section 6.05(a)(x) shall be for fair market value (or, in respect of Section 6.05(a)(x), where the fair market value cannot reasonably be determined, such disposition shall otherwise be in accordance with the terms of Section 6.05(a)(x)). (b) No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby it shall sell or transfer any owned property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred, except for any such sale of any fixed or capital assets by any Borrower or any Subsidiary that is made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the fair market value of such fixed or capital asset and is consummated within 90 days after such Borrower or such Subsidiary acquires or completes the construction of such fixed or capital asset. SECTION 6.06. Swap Agreements . No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any Swap Agreement, except (a) Swap Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks (including foreign currency exchange risks) to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has actual or reasonably anticipated exposure (other than those in respect of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), and (b) Swap Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrower or any Subsidiary. SECTION 6.07. Restricted Payments . No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except: (a) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its common stock payable solely in additional shares of its common stock, and, with respect to its preferred stock, payable solely in additional shares of such preferred stock or in shares of its common stock, and (ii) Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their Equity Interests; (b) without limitation of the exception in clause (c) of this Section 6.07, so long as the Leverage Ratio is less than 1.5:1.0 after giving effect thereto, and no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, other Restricted Payments paid to shareholders of the Borrower; (c) Restricted Payments paid in cash to shareholders of the Borrower, whether in connection with a share buyback plan or otherwise, so long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the aggregate annual amount of such Restricted Payments after the Effective Date does not exceed 50% of the previous fiscal year’s EBITDA for any fiscal year, and (iii) the aggregate annual 61 amount of such Restricted Payments (together with (A) the aggregate outstanding amount of investments described in Section 6.04(c) and (B) the aggregate outstanding amount of loans and advances described in Section 6.04(d)) does not exceed 75% of the previous fiscal year’s EBITDA for any fiscal year; (d) issuances of Equity Interests to sellers of Permitted Acquisitions in satisfaction of obligations of the type described in Section 6.01(k); and (e) the Borrower may repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value Equity Interests (including any stock appreciation rights in respect thereof) of the Borrower from current or former employees or directors, provided that the aggregate annual cash payments in respect of such repurchases, redemptions, retirements and acquisitions shall not exceed $5,000,000. SECTION 6.08. Transactions with Affiliates . No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) transactions that (i) are in the ordinary course of business and (ii) are at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to such Loan Party or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among the Borrower and any Subsidiary not involving any other Affiliate, (c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.07, (d) reasonable and customary director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans) and indemnification arrangements, (e) Transfer Pricing Transactions, and (f) transactions described in Schedule 6.08 . SECTION 6.09. Restrictive Agreements . No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; except for: (i) such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of applicable law or any Loan Document; (ii) restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Schedule 6.09 (but not including any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition); (iii) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary or other property pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or other property that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder; (iv) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; (v) customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof; (vi) customary restrictions contained in any software licenses; (vii) without affecting the Loan Parties’ obligations under Section 5.09, customary provisions in the organizational documents of a Person or asset sale or stock sale agreements or similar agreements which restrict the transfer of ownership in such Person; (viii) in the case of any joint venture permitted hereunder with a Person that is not a Loan Party, restrictions in such Person’s organizational documents or pursuant to any joint venture agreement or stockholders agreement solely to the extent of the Equity Interests of or property held in the subject joint venture; (ix) restrictions imposed by any holder of a Lien permitted by Section 6.02 restricting the transfer of the property subject thereto; (x) without affecting the Loan Parties’ obligations under Section 5.09, any agreement in effect at the time a Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any amendments thereto that are otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents and that are no more materially restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those prior to such amendment or refinancing), so long as such 62 agreement was not entered into in connection with or in contemplation of such person becoming a Subsidiary of Borrower and imposes restrictions only on such Person and its assets; (xi) restrictions on cash or other deposits required by suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; or (xii) without affecting the Loan Parties’ obligations under Section 5.09, restrictions imposed solely on foreign Subsidiaries pursuant to any Swap Agreement entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary and permitted pursuant to Section 6.06. SECTION 6.10. Amendment of Material Documents . No Loan Party will, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, amend, modify or waive any of its rights under its certificate of incorporation, by-laws, operating, management or partnership agreement or other organizational documents, to the extent any such amendment, modification or waiver would be materially adverse to the Lenders as reasonably determined by the Required Lenders. SECTION 6.11. Financial Covenants . (a) Interest Coverage Ratio . The Borrower will not permit the Interest Coverage Ratio, determined for the four consecutive fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter, to be less than 3.50 to 1.00. (b) Leverage Ratio . The Borrower will not permit the Leverage Ratio, determined for the four consecutive fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter, to be greater than 2.50 to 1.00. ARTICLE VII Events of Default If any of the following events (each an “ Event of Default ”) shall occur and be continuing: (a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise; (b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days; (c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement or any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been materially incorrect when made or deemed made (unless, in the case of any such representation and warranty made pursuant to Section 3.13 of this Agreement or Section 3.1 of the Security Agreement, such misstatement was made with respect to Collateral having a book value not exceeding $1,000,000); (d) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02(a), 5.03 (with respect to maintaining a Loan Party’s existence), 5.08, 5.09(a) or 5.09(b) or in Article VI; 63 (e) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those which constitute a default under another Section of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier of any Loan Party’s knowledge of such breach or notice thereof from the Administrative Agent (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender) if such breach relates to terms or provisions of any other Section of this Agreement; (f) any Loan Party or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable; (g) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; (h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of a Loan Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Loan Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days (or 90 days in the case of any Material Foreign Subsidiary) or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; (i) any Loan Party or any Material Foreign Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for such Loan Party or Material Foreign Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; (j) any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; (k) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 (not paid or fully covered by insurance company as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage) shall be rendered against any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party to enforce any such judgment; (l) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in aggregate liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000; 64 (m) a Change in Control shall occur; (n) the occurrence of any “default”, as defined in any Loan Document (other than this Agreement) or the breach of any of the terms or provisions of any Loan Document (other than this Agreement), which default or breach continues beyond any period of grace therein provided; (o) the Loan Guaranty shall fail to remain in full force or effect or any action shall be taken to discontinue or to assert the invalidity or unenforceability of the Loan Guaranty or any Loan Guarantor shall deny that it has any further liability under the Loan Guaranty to which it is a party, or shall give notice to such effect; (p)(i) any Collateral Document shall for any reason fail to create a valid and perfected first priority security interest in any Collateral purported to be covered thereby (other than with respect to Collateral having a book value not exceeding $1,000,000), except (A) as permitted by the terms of any Collateral Document or other Loan Document or (B) as a result of the Administrative Agent’s failure to (1) maintain possession of any stock certificates, promissory notes or other instruments delivered to it under the Collateral Documents, or (2) file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements, (ii) any material provision of any Collateral Document shall fail to remain in full force or effect or (iii) any action shall be taken to discontinue or to assert the invalidity or unenforceability of any Collateral Document; or (q) any material provision of any Loan Document for any reason ceases to be valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms (or any Loan Party shall challenge the enforceability of any Loan Document or shall assert in writing, or engage in any action or inaction based on any such assertion, that any provision of any of the Loan Documents has ceased to be or otherwise is not valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms) then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower. Upon the occurrence and the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, exercise any rights and remedies provided to the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the UCC. 65 ARTICLE VIII The Administrative Agent SECTION 8.01. Appointment . Each of the Lenders, on behalf of itself and any of its Affiliates that are Secured Parties and the Issuing Banks hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf, including execution of the other Loan Documents, and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. In addition, to the extent required under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the U.S., each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby grants to the Administrative Agent any required powers of attorney to execute any Collateral Document governed by the laws of such jurisdiction on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s behalf. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including the Issuing Bank), and the Loan Parties shall not have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” as used herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. SECTION 8.02. Rights as a Lender . The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. SECTION 8.03. Duties and Obligations . The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection with any Loan Document, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the creation, perfection or priority of Liens on the Collateral or the existence of the Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. 66 SECTION 8.04. Reliance . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. SECTION 8.05. Actions through Sub-Agents . The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. SECTION 8.06. Resignation . Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a commercial bank or an Affiliate of any such commercial bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor, unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower and such successor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its intent to resign, the retiring Administrative Agent may give notice of the effectiveness of its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower, whereupon, on the date of effectiveness of such resignation stated in such notice, (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, provided that, solely for purposes of maintaining any security interest granted to the Administrative Agent under any Collateral Document for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to be vested with such security interest as collateral agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, in the case of any Collateral in the possession of the Administrative Agent, shall continue to hold such Collateral, in each case until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed and accepts such appointment in accordance with this paragraph (it being understood and agreed that the retiring Administrative Agent shall have no duty or obligation to take any further action under any Collateral Document, including any action required to maintain the perfection of any such security interest), and (b) the Required Lenders shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, provided that (i) all payments required to be made hereunder or under any other Loan Document to the Administrative Agent for the account of any Person other than the Administrative Agent shall be made directly to such Person and (ii) all notices and other communications required or contemplated to be given or made to the Administrative Agent shall also directly be given or made to each Lender and each Issuing 67 Bank. Following the effectiveness of the Administrative Agent’s resignation from its capacity as such, the provisions of this Article, Section 2.17(d) and Section 9.03, as well as any exculpatory, reimbursement and indemnification provisions set forth in any other Loan Document, shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent and in respect of the matters referred to in the proviso under clause (a) above. SECTION 8.07. Non-Reliance . (a) Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that the extensions of credit made hereunder are commercial loans and letters of credit and not investments in a business enterprise or securities. Each Lender further represents that it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business and has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement as a Lender, and to make, acquire or hold Loans hereunder. Each Lender shall, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information (which may contain material, non-public information within the meaning of the United States securities laws concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates) as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder and in deciding whether or to the extent to which it will continue as a Lender or assign or otherwise transfer its rights, interests and obligations hereunder. (b) Each Lender hereby agrees that (i) it has requested a copy of each Report prepared by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent; (ii) the Administrative Agent (A) makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the completeness or accuracy of any Report or any of the information contained therein or any inaccuracy or omission contained in or relating to a Report and (B) shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report; (iii) the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, and that any Person performing any field examination will inspect only specific information regarding the Loan Parties and will rely significantly upon the Loan Parties’ books and records, as well as on representations of the Loan Parties’ personnel and that the Administrative Agent undertakes no obligation to update, correct or supplement the Reports; (iv) it will keep all Reports confidential and strictly for its internal use, not share the Report with any Loan Party or any other Person except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement; and (v) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, (A) it will hold the Administrative Agent and any such other Person preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any extension of credit that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to the Borrower, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a Loan or Loans; and (B) it will pay and protect, and indemnify, defend, and hold the Administrative Agent and any such other Person preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Administrative Agent or any such other Person as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender. The Co-Lead Arrangers shall not have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. 68 SECTION 8.08. Not Partners or Co-Venturers; Administrative Agent as Representative of the Secured Parties . (a) The Lenders are not partners or co-venturers, and no Lender shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or (except as otherwise set forth herein in case of the Administrative Agent) authorized to act for, any other Lender. The Administrative Agent shall have the exclusive right on behalf of the Lenders to enforce the payment of the principal of and interest on any Loan after the date such principal or interest has become due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. (b) In its capacity, the Administrative Agent is a “representative” of the Secured Parties within the meaning of the term “secured party” as defined in the New York Uniform Commercial Code. Each Lender authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into each of the Collateral Documents to which it is a party and to take all action contemplated by such documents. Each Lender agrees that no Secured Party (other than the Administrative Agent) shall have the right individually to seek to realize upon the security granted by any Collateral Document, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties upon the terms of the Collateral Documents. In the event that any Collateral is hereafter pledged by any Person as collateral security for the Secured Obligations, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized, and hereby granted a power of attorney, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Secured Parties any Loan Documents necessary or appropriate to grant and perfect a Lien on such Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties. SECTION 8.09. Flood Laws . JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. has adopted internal policies and procedures that address requirements placed on federally regulated lenders under the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 and related legislation (the “ Flood Laws ”). JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent or collateral agent on a syndicated facility, will post on the applicable electronic platform (or otherwise distribute to each Lender in the syndicate) documents that it receives in connection with the Flood Laws. However, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. reminds each Lender and Participant in the facility that, pursuant to the Flood Laws, each federally regulated Lender (whether acting as a Lender or Participant in the facility) is responsible for assuring its own compliance with the flood insurance requirements. ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous SECTION 9.01. Notices . (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone or Electronic Systems (and subject in each case to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile, as follows: EXLService Holdings, Inc. 280 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, New York Attention: Jarrod Yahes Facsimile No: 212-277-7111 with a copy to: McCarter & English, LLP 245 Park Avenue, 27 th Floor New York, New York 10167 Attention: Peter S. Twombly, Esq. Facsimile No. 212-935-1773 69 (i) if to any Loan Party, to the Borrower at: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. 270 Park Avenue, 42nd Floor New York, New York 10017 Attention: James J. McDonnell Facsimile No: 646-534-2239 Citibank, N.A. 601 Lexington Avenue, 4th Floor New York, New York 10022 Attention: Stephen O’Keefe Facsimile No: 877-306-0996 All such notices and other communications (i) sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received or (ii) sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent, provided that if not given during normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient. (b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by Electronic Systems pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II or to compliance and no Event of Default certificates delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(d) unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower (on behalf of the Loan Parties) may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by Electronic Systems pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. All such notices and other communications (i) sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if not given during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (b)(i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, e-mail or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day of the recipient. 70 (ii) if to the Administrative Agent or to Chase, in its capacity as Issuing Bank, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. at: (iii) if to Citibank, N.A. in its capacity as Issuing Bank at: (iv) if to any other Lender, to it at its address or facsimile number set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire. (c) Any party hereto may change its address, facsimile number or e-mail address for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt. (d) Electronic Systems . (i) Each Loan Party agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make Communications (as defined below) available to the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar or a substantially similar Electronic System. (ii) Any Electronic System used by the Administrative Agent is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of such Electronic Systems and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or any Electronic System. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower or the other Loan Parties, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s, or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through an Electronic System. “ Communications ” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through an Electronic System. SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments . (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under any other Loan Document are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. (b) Except as provided in the first sentence of Section 2.09(f) (with respect to any commitment increase), neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except (i) in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or, (ii) in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto, with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender 71 without the written consent of such Lender (including any such Lender that is a Defaulting Lender, (ii) reduce or forgive the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce or forgive any interest or fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (including any such Lender that is a Defaulting Lender) directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone any scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any date for the payment of any interest, fees or other Obligations payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender (including any such Lender that is a Defaulting Lender) directly affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.18(b) or (d) in a manner that would alter the manner in which payments are shared, without the written consent of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender), (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) directly affected thereby, (vi) change Section 2.20, without the consent of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender), (vii) release any Loan Guarantor from its obligation under its Loan Guaranty (except as otherwise permitted herein or in the other Loan Documents), without the written consent of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender), (ix) except as provided in clauses (d) and (e) of this Section or in any Collateral Document, release all or substantially all of the Collateral, without the written consent of each Lender, or (x) increase the aggregate Commitments in excess of $100,000,000, without the written consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Banks hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Banks, as the case may be (it being understood that any change to Section 2.20 shall require the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks). The Administrative Agent may also amend the Commitment Schedule to reflect assignments entered into pursuant to Section 9.04 (c) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its sole discretion, to release any Liens granted to the Administrative Agent by the Loan Parties on any Collateral (i) upon the termination of the all Commitments, payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Secured Obligations (other than Unliquidated Obligations), and the cash collateralization of all Unliquidated Obligations in a manner satisfactory to each affected Lender, (ii) constituting property being sold or disposed of if the Loan Party disposing of such property certifies to the Administrative Agent that the sale or disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (and the Administrative Agent may rely conclusively on any such certificate, without further inquiry), and to the extent that the property being sold or disposed of constitutes 100% of the Equity Interest of a Subsidiary, the Administrative Agent is authorized to release any Loan Guaranty provided by such Subsidiary, (iii) constituting property leased to a Loan Party under a lease which has expired or been terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or (iv) as required to effect any sale or other disposition of such Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Article VII. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent will not release any Liens on Collateral without the prior written authorization of the Required Lenders; provided that, the Administrative Agent may in its discretion, release its Liens on Collateral valued in the aggregate not in excess of $500,000 during any calendar year without the prior written authorization of the Required Lenders (it being agreed that the Administrative Agent may rely conclusively on one or more certificates of the Borrower as to the value of any Collateral to be so released, without further inquiry). Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those expressly being released) upon (or obligations of the Loan Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Loan Parties, including the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral. Any execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent of documents in connection with any such release shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent. 72 (d) If, in connection with any proposed amendment, waiver or consent requiring the consent of “each Lender” or “each Lender affected thereby,” the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other necessary Lenders is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is necessary but has not been obtained being referred to herein as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then the Borrower may elect to replace a Non-Consenting Lender as a Lender party to this Agreement, provided that, concurrently with such replacement, (i) another bank or other entity which is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall agree, as of such date, to purchase for cash the Loans and other Obligations due to the Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption and to become a Lender for all purposes under this Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Non-Consenting Lender to be terminated as of such date and to comply with the requirements of clause (b) of Section 9.04, and (ii) the Borrower shall pay to such Non-Consenting Lender in same day funds on the day of such replacement (1) all interest, fees and other amounts then accrued but unpaid to such Non-Consenting Lender by the Borrower hereunder to and including the date of termination, including without limitation payments due to such Non-Consenting Lender under Sections 2.15 and 2.17, and (2) an amount, if any, equal to the payment which would have been due to such Lender on the day of such replacement under Section 2.16 had the Loans of such Non-Consenting Lender been prepaid on such date rather than sold to the replacement Lender. (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein the Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Borrower only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency. SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver . (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication and distribution (including, without limitation, via the internet or through an Electronic System) of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions of the Loan Documents (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any outside counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement, collection or protection of its rights in connection with the Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit. Expenses being reimbursed by the Borrower under this Section include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, costs and expenses incurred in connection with: (i) taxes, fees and other charges for (A) lien searches and (B) filing financing statements and continuations, and other actions to perfect, protect, and continue the Administrative Agent’s Liens; (ii) sums paid or incurred to take any action required of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents that such Loan Party fails to pay or take; and (iii) forwarding loan proceeds, collecting checks and other items of payment, and costs and expenses of preserving and protecting the Collateral. All of the foregoing costs and expenses may be charged to the Borrower as Loans or to another deposit account, all as described in Section 2.18(c). 73 (b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, liabilities and related expenses (except for taxes, which shall be covered by Sections 2.17 and 10.09), including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of the Loan Documents or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by any Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) the failure of the Borrower to deliver to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence with respect to a payment made by the Borrower for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes pursuant to Section 2.17, or (v) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, penalties, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such Subsidiary has obtained a final and non-appealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. (c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, penalty, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank in its capacity as such. (d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, (i) for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of information or other materials obtained through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet), except as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee , or (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that, nothing in this paragraph (d) shall relieve any Loan Party of any obligation it may have to indemnify an Indemnitee against special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party. (e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor. 74 SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns . (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of an Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of an Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement. (b)(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Persons (other than an Ineligible Institution) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of: (A) the Borrower, provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof, and provided further that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; (B) the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders; and (C) the Issuing Banks. (ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions: (A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; (C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 and the tax forms required by Section 2.17(f); and 75 (D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more Credit Contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower, the Loan Parties and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws. For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the terms “ Approved Fund ” and “ Ineligible Institution ” have the following meanings: “ Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. “ Ineligible Institution ” means a (a) natural person, (b) a Defaulting Lender, (c) holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural person or relative(s) thereof; provided that, such holding company, investment vehicle or trust shall not constitute an Ineligible Institution if it (x) has not been established for the primary purpose of acquiring any Loans or Commitments, (y) is managed by a professional advisor, who is not such natural person or a relative thereof, having significant experience in the business of making or purchasing commercial loans, and (z) has assets greater than $25,000,000 and a significant part of its activities consist of making or purchasing commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business , or (d) a Loan Party or a Subsidiary or other Affiliate of a Loan Party. (iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement; provided , that no assignee (including an assignee that is already a Lender hereunder at the time of the assignment) shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to Sections 2.17 or 10.09 than that to which the assignor would have been entitled to receive had no such assignment occurred, and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section. (iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of and stated interest on the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the 76 Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Banks and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. (v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee and tax forms referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05, 2.06(d) or (e), 2.07(b), 2.18(d) or 9.03(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph. (c) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) other than an Ineligible Institution in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.17(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.17(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 2.18 and 2.19 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or 2.17, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except (i) to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation or (ii) such participating Lender failed to deliver the tax forms required by Section 2.17(f). Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.19(b) with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of 77 each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register. (d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. SECTION 9.05. Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof. SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution . (a) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. (b) Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy, emailed .pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. The 78 words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act. SECTION 9.07. Severability . Any provision of any Loan Document held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. SECTION 9.08. Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or such Loan Guarantor against any of and all the Secured Obligations held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under the Loan Documents and although such obligations may be unmatured. The applicable Lender shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such setoff or application, provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff or application under this Section. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. SECTION 9.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process . (a) The Loan Documents (other than those containing a contrary express choice of law provision) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. (b) Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any U.S. Federal or New York State court sitting in New York, New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction. (c) Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court. 79 (d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, OTHER AGENT (INCLUDING ANY ATTORNEY) OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION . SECTION 9.11. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement. SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by any Requirement of Law or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Loan Parties and their obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to holders of Equity Interests in the Borrower, or (i) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or their business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. 80 EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.12 FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND ITS AFFILIATES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE BORROWER, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SECTION 9.13. Several Obligations; Nonreliance; Violation of Law . The respective obligations of the Lenders hereunder are several and not joint and the failure of any Lender to make any Loan or perform any of its obligations hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender from any of its obligations hereunder. Each Lender hereby represents that it is not relying on or looking to any margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board) for the repayment of the Borrowings provided for herein. Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Issuing Bank nor any Lender shall be obligated to extend credit to the Borrower in violation of any Requirement of Law. SECTION 9.14. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. SECTION 9.15. Disclosure . Each Loan Party, each Lender and the Issuing Bank hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent and/or its Affiliates from time to time may hold investments in, make other loans to or have other relationships with any of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates. SECTION 9.16. Appointment for Perfection . Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender as its agent for the purpose of perfecting Liens, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC or any other applicable law can be perfected only by possession or control. Should any Lender (other than the Administrative Agent) obtain possession or control of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Administrative Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Administrative Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s instructions. 81 SECTION 9.17. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender. SECTION 9.18. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Lenders and their Affiliates, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Lenders and their Affiliates is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) no Lender or any of its Affiliates has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except, in the case of a Lender, those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) each of the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and no Lender or any of its Affiliates has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against each of the Lenders and their Affiliates with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby. ARTICLE X Loan Guaranty SECTION 10.01. Guaranty . Each Loan Guarantor (other than those that have delivered a separate Guaranty) hereby agrees that it is jointly and severally liable for, and, as a primary obligor and not merely as surety, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Secured Parties, the prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of the Secured Obligations and all costs and expenses including, without limitation, all court costs and attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees (including allocated costs of in-house counsel and paralegals) and expenses paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders in endeavoring to collect all or any part of the Secured Obligations from, or in prosecuting any action against, the Borrower, any Loan Guarantor or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Secured Obligations (such costs and expenses, together with the Secured Obligations, collectively the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”; provided, however , that the definition of “Guaranteed Obligations” shall not create any guarantee by any Loan Guarantor of (or grant of security interest by any Loan Guarantor to support, as applicable) any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Loan Guarantor for purposes of determining any obligations of any Loan Guarantor). Each Loan Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed in whole or in part without notice to or further assent from it, and that it 82 remains bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any such extension or renewal. All terms of this Loan Guaranty apply to and may be enforced by or on behalf of any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of any Lender that extended any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations. SECTION 10.02. Guaranty of Payment . This Loan Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of collection. Each Loan Guarantor waives any right to require the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender to sue the Borrower, any Loan Guarantor, any other guarantor, or any other Person obligated for all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations (each, an “ Obligated Party ”), or otherwise to enforce its payment against any collateral securing all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations. SECTION 10.03. No Discharge or Diminishment of Loan Guaranty . (a) Except as otherwise provided for herein, the obligations of each Loan Guarantor hereunder are unconditional and absolute and not subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than Unliquidated Obligations), and the cash collateralization of all Unliquidated Obligations in a manner satisfactory to each affected Lender), including: (i) any claim of waiver, release, extension, renewal, settlement, surrender, alteration, or compromise of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, by operation of law or otherwise; (ii) any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of the Borrower or any other Obligated Party liable for any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (iii) any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting any Obligated Party, or their assets or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of any Obligated Party; or (iv) the existence of any claim, setoff or other rights which any Loan Guarantor may have at any time against any Obligated Party, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender, or any other Person, whether in connection herewith or in any unrelated transactions. (b) The obligations of each Loan Guarantor hereunder are not subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise, or any provision of applicable law or regulation purporting to prohibit payment by any Obligated Party, of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof. (c) Further, the obligations of any Loan Guarantor hereunder are not discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by: (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy with respect to all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) any waiver or modification of or supplement to any provision of any agreement relating to the Guaranteed Obligations; (iii) any release, non-perfection, or invalidity of any indirect or direct security for the obligations of the Borrower for all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or any obligations of any other Obligated Party liable for any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) any action or failure to act by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender with respect to any collateral securing any part of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (v) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the payment or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other circumstance, act, omission or delay that might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Loan Guarantor or that would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Loan Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations). SECTION 10.04. Defenses Waived . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Loan Guarantor hereby waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower or any Loan Guarantor or the unenforceability of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower, any Loan Guarantor or any other Obligated Party, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed 83 Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Loan Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against any Obligated Party, or any other Person. Each Loan Guarantor confirms that it is not a surety under any state law and shall not raise any such law as a defense to its obligations hereunder. The Administrative Agent may, at its election, foreclose on any Collateral held by it by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such Collateral in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise act or fail to act with respect to any collateral securing all or a part of the Guaranteed Obligations, compromise or adjust any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, make any other accommodation with any Obligated Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to it against any Obligated Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of such Loan Guarantor under this Loan Guaranty except to the extent the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Loan Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though that election may operate, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of any Loan Guarantor against any Obligated Party or any security. SECTION 10.05. Rights of Subrogation . No Loan Guarantor will assert any right, claim or cause of action, including, without limitation, a claim of subrogation, contribution or indemnification that it has against any Obligated Party, or any collateral, until the Loan Parties and the Loan Guarantors have fully performed all their obligations to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders. SECTION 10.06. Reinstatement; Stay of Acceleration . If at any time any payment of any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations (including a payment effected through exercise of a right of setoff) is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, or reorganization of the Borrower or otherwise (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by a Secured Party in its discretion), each Loan Guarantor’s obligations under this Loan Guaranty with respect to that payment shall be reinstated at such time as though the payment had not been made and whether or not the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders are in possession of this Loan Guaranty. If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of any agreement relating to the Guaranteed Obligations shall nonetheless be payable by the Loan Guarantors forthwith on demand by the Administrative Agent. SECTION 10.07. Information . Each Loan Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that each Loan Guarantor assumes and incurs under this Loan Guaranty, and agrees that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Issuing Bank nor any Lender shall have any duty to advise any Loan Guarantor of information known to it regarding those circumstances or risks. SECTION 10.08. Termination . Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank may continue to make loans or extend credit to the Borrower based on this Loan Guaranty until five days after it receives written notice of termination from any Loan Guarantor. Notwithstanding receipt of any such notice, each Loan Guarantor will continue to be liable to the Lenders for any Guaranteed Obligations created, assumed or committed to prior to the fifth day after receipt of the notice, and all subsequent renewals, extensions, modifications and amendments with respect to, or substitutions for, all or any part of that Guaranteed Obligations. Nothing in this Section 10.08 shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of, or eliminate, limit, reduce or otherwise impair any rights or remedies the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have in respect of, any Default or Event of Default that shall exist under clause (o) of Article VII hereof as a result of any such notice of termination. 84 SECTION 10.09. [Reserved]. SECTION 10.10. Maximum Liability . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Loan Guaranty, the amount guaranteed by each Loan Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the extent, if any, required so that its obligations hereunder shall not be subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law. In determining the limitations, if any, on the amount of any Loan Guarantor’s obligations hereunder pursuant to the preceding sentence, it is the intention of the parties hereto that any rights of subrogation, indemnification or contribution which such Loan Guarantor may have under this Loan Guaranty, any other agreement or applicable law shall be taken into account. SECTION 10.11. Contribution . (a) To the extent that any Loan Guarantor shall make a payment under this Loan Guaranty (a “ Guarantor Payment ”) which, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Loan Guarantor, exceeds the amount which otherwise would have been paid by or attributable to such Loan Guarantor if each Loan Guarantor had paid the aggregate Guaranteed Obligations satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion as such Loan Guarantor’s “Allocable Amount” (as defined below) (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of each of the Loan Guarantors as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment, then, following indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guarantor Payment and the Guaranteed Obligations (other than Unliquidated Obligations that have not yet arisen), and all Commitments and Letters of Credit have terminated or expired or, in the case of all Letters of Credit, are fully collateralized on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, and this Agreement, the Swap Agreement Obligations and the Banking Services Obligations have terminated, such Loan Guarantor shall be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, each other Loan Guarantor for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment. (b) As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of any Loan Guarantor shall be equal to the excess of the fair saleable value of the property of such Loan Guarantor over the total liabilities of such Loan Guarantor (including the maximum amount reasonably expected to become due in respect of contingent liabilities, calculated, without duplication, assuming each other Loan Guarantor that is also liable for such contingent liability pays its ratable share thereof), giving effect to all payments made by other Loan Guarantors as of such date in a manner to maximize the amount of such contributions. (c) This Section 10.11 is intended only to define the relative rights of the Loan Guarantors, and nothing set forth in this Section 10.11 is intended to or shall impair the obligations of the Loan Guarantors, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Loan Guaranty. (d) The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder shall constitute assets of the Loan Guarantor or Loan Guarantors to which such contribution and indemnification is owing. (e) The rights of the indemnifying Loan Guarantors against other Loan Guarantors under this Section 10.11 shall be exercisable upon the full and indefeasible payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in cash (other than Unliquidated Obligations that have not yet arisen) and the termination or expiry (or, in the case of all Letters of Credit, full cash collateralization), on terms reasonably acceptable 85 to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, of the Commitments and all Letters of Credit issued hereunder and the termination of this Agreement, the Swap Agreement Obligations and the Banking Services Obligations. SECTION 10.12. Liability Cumulative . The liability of each Loan Party as a Loan Guarantor under this Article X is in addition to and shall be cumulative with all liabilities of each Loan Party to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or in respect of any obligations or liabilities of the other Loan Parties, without any limitation as to amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary. SECTION 10.13. Keepwell . Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Loan Party or Loan Guarantor to honor all of its obligations under this Guarantee in respect of a Swap Obligation (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 10.13 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 10.13 or otherwise under this Loan Guaranty voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). Except as otherwise provided herein, the obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 10.13 shall remain in full force and effect until the termination of all Swap Obligations. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 10.13 constitute, and this Section 10.13 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act. [Continued on following pages.] 86 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written. C REDIT A GREEMENT BORROWER: EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation By /s/ Rohit Kapoor Name: Rohit Kapoor Title: Vice Chairman & CEO  C REDIT A GREEMENT LOAN GUARANTORS: EXLSERVICE.COM, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company By /s/ Jarrod Yahes Name: Jarrod Yahes Title: SVP and Treasurer BUSINESS PROCESS OUTSOURCING, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company By /s/ Jarrod Yahes Name: Jarrod Yahes Title: SVP and Treasurer PROFESSIONAL DATA MANAGEMENT AGAIN, INC., a Delaware corporation By /s/ Jarrod Yahes Name: Jarrod Yahes Title: SVP and Treasurer TRUMBULL SERVICES, LLC, a Connecticut limited liability company By /s/ Jarrod Yahes Name: Jarrod Yahes Title: SVP and Treasurer LANDACORP, INC., a Delaware corporation By /s/ Jarrod Yahes Name: Jarrod Yahes Title: SVP and Treasurer  C REDIT A GREEMENT OUTSOURCE PARTNERS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation By /s/ Jarrod Yahes Name: Jarrod Yahes Title: SVP and Treasurer BLUE SLATE SOLUTIONS, LLC, a New York limited liability company By /s/ Jarrod Yahes Name: Jarrod Yahes Title: SVP and Treasurer  C REDIT A GREEMENT JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually as a Lender, as Administrative Agent and an Issuing Bank By /s/ Edward P. Nallan, Jr. Name: Edward P. Nallan, Jr. Title: Credit Executive  C REDIT A GREEMENT CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender and an Issuing Bank By /s/ Stephen O’Keefe Name: Stephen O’Keefe Title: Senior Vice President COMMITMENT SCHEDULE Commitment Schedule Lender Commitment JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. $ 25,000,000 Citibank, N.A. $ 25,000,000 Total $ 50,000,000 Schedule 1.01 Subordination Terms Unless otherwise defined on this Schedule, capitalized terms used in this Schedule shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement to which this Schedule is attached. Schedule 1.01 1. The payment (by setoff, redemption, repurchase or otherwise) of all principal, premium and interest in respect of the Subordinated Indebtedness (including with respect to any repurchases of any notes evidencing such Subordinated Indebtedness (the “ Subordinated Notes ”)) shall be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations, but solely to the extent set forth in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 below, whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter incurred. 2. Upon any distribution to creditors of the applicable Loan Party upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Loan Party or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to such Loan Party or its property, whether voluntary or involuntary, an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of such Loan Party’s assets and liabilities, the Credit Parties will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due or to become due (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding, at the rate specified in the Credit Agreement) before the holders of the Subordinated Indebtedness will be entitled to receive any payment of principal, premium or interest in respect thereof, and until all Obligations are paid in full in cash, any distribution of any kind or character to which the holders of the Subordinated Indebtedness would be entitled shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Credit Parties. 3. No Loan Party shall, directly or indirectly, (x) make any payment of principal, premium or interest in respect of the Subordinated Indebtedness, (y) acquire any of the Subordinated Notes for cash or property or (z) otherwise make any other distribution with respect to the Subordinated Indebtedness if: (a) any Event of Default occurs and is continuing under clause (a) or (b) of Article VII of this Agreement, or (b) (i) any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing that permits the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to accelerate the Obligations and (ii) the holders of the Subordinated Indebtedness (or any agent or trustee therefor) receive a notice of such default from the Administrative Agent. 4. In the event that any holder of Subordinated Indebtedness (or any agent or trustee therefor) receives any payment of any principal, premium or interest in respect of the Subordinated Indebtedness at a time when such payment is prohibited by the foregoing, such payment shall be held by such recipient, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Credit Parties, for application to the payment of all Obligations remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Obligations in full in accordance with their terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the Credit Parties. EXHIBIT A ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full. For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit and guarantees included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor. Exhibit A 1. Assignor: 2. Assignee: [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [ identify Lender ]] 3. Borrower: ExlService Holdings, Inc. 4. Administrative Agent: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement 5. Credit Agreement: The $50,000,000 Credit Agreement dated as of October 24, 2014 among ExlService Holdings, Inc., the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders parties thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent  Effective Date: , 20 [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.] The Assignee agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more Credit Contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower, the Loan Parties and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws. The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to: Exhibit A 6. Assigned Interest: Facility Assigned Aggregate Amount of Commitment/Loans for all Lenders Amount of Commitment/Loans Assigned Percentage Assigned of Commitment/Loans $ $ % $ $ % $ $ % ASSIGNOR [NAME OF ASSIGNOR] By: Title: ASSIGNEE [NAME OF ASSIGNEE] By: Title:  Exhibit A Consented to and Accepted: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Co-Lead Arranger By Title: Consented to: [REQUIRED LENDERS] By Title: [Consented to:] EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. By Title: ANNEX 1 STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION 1. Representations and Warranties . 1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document. 1.2 Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender. 2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date. 3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York. Exhibit A EXHIBIT B COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE This Compliance Certificate is furnished pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of October 24, 2014 (as amended, modified, renewed or extended from time to time, the “Agreement”) among ExlService Holdings, Inc. (the “Borrower”), the other Loan Parties, the Lenders party thereto, the Issuing Banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Compliance Certificate have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement. THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT: 1. I am the duly elected of the Borrower; 2. I have reviewed the terms of the Agreement and I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and conditions of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements [ for quarterly financial statements add: and such financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes] [ for annual financial statements add: and such financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidating basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied]; 3. The examinations described in paragraph 2 did not disclose, except as set forth below, and I have no knowledge of (i) the existence of any condition or event which constitutes a Default during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements or as of the date of this Certificate or (ii) any change in GAAP or in the application thereof that has occurred since [December 31, 2013] [the end date of the financial statements most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) of the Credit Agreement]; 4. I hereby certify that no Loan Party has changed (i) its name, (ii) its chief executive office, (iii) principal place of business, (iv) the type of entity it is or (v) its state of incorporation or organization without having given the Agent the notice required by Section 4.11 of the Security Agreement; 5. Schedule I attached hereto sets forth financial data and computations evidencing the Borrower’s compliance with the Financial Covenants and Sections 6.11(a) and (b) of the Credit Agreement, all of which data and computations are true, complete and correct; and 6. Schedule II hereto sets forth the computations necessary to determine the Applicable Rate commencing on the Business Day this certificate is delivered. Exhibit B To: The Lenders parties to the Credit Agreement Described Below Described below are the exceptions, if any, to paragraph 3 by listing, in detail, the (i) nature of the condition or event, the period during which it has existed and the action which the Borrower has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect to each such condition or event or (i) the change in GAAP or the application thereof and the effect of such change on the attached financial statements: The foregoing certifications, together with the computations set forth in Schedule I and Schedule II hereto and the financial statements delivered with this Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered this day of 201 . Exhibit B EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. By: Name: Title: SCHEDULE I Compliance as of , with the Financial Covenants Exhibit B SCHEDULE II Borrower’s Applicable Rate Calculation Exhibit B EXHIBIT C JOINDER AGREEMENT THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of , , 201 , is entered into between , a (the “ New Subsidiary ”) and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2014 among ExlService Holdings, Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), the Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent (as the same may be amended, modified, extended or restated from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement. The New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, hereby agree as follows: 1. The New Subsidiary hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Agreement, the New Subsidiary will be deemed to be a Loan Party under the Credit Agreement and a “Loan Guarantor” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and shall have all of the obligations of a Loan Party and a Loan Guarantor thereunder as if it had executed the Credit Agreement. The New Subsidiary hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement, including without limitation (a) all of the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement, *[and]* (b) all of the covenants set forth in Articles V and VI of the Credit Agreement *[and (c) all of the guaranty obligations set forth in Article X of the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing terms of this paragraph 1, the New Subsidiary, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement, hereby guarantees, jointly and severally with the other Loan Guarantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, as provided in Article X of the Credit Agreement, the prompt payment and performance of the Guaranteed Obligations in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise) strictly in accordance with the terms thereof and agrees that if any of the Guaranteed Obligations are not paid or performed in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise), the New Subsidiary will, jointly and severally together with the other Loan Guarantors, promptly pay and perform the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.]* *[The New Subsidiary has delivered to the Administrative Agent an executed Loan Guaranty.]* 2. If required, the New Subsidiary is, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, executing and delivering such Collateral Documents (and such other documents and instruments) as requested by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the Credit Agreement. 3. The address of the New Subsidiary for purposes of Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement is as follows: Exhibit C 4. The New Subsidiary hereby waives acceptance by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of the guaranty by the New Subsidiary upon the execution of this Agreement by the New Subsidiary. 5. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. 6. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized officer, and the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, has caused the same to be accepted by its authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written. Exhibit C [NEW SUBSIDIARY] By: Name: Title: Acknowledged and accepted: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent By: Name: Title: EXHIBIT D SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE The undersigned, being the of EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC . , a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2014 (the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement), between Borrower, the other Loan Parties thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY on behalf of Borrower that: 1. I am familiar with the properties, business and assets of the Borrower and am authorized to execute this Certificate on behalf of the Borrower. 2. I have carefully reviewed the contents of this Certificate and have made such investigations and inquiries as I deem necessary and prudent in connection with the matters set forth herein. Among other things, I have reviewed the Credit Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents executed or to be executed by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement. 3. For purposes of this Certificate: (a) the term “Transactions” means (1) the fulfillment of all conditions precedent to the Loans being made under the Credit Agreement and the funding of such Loans, and (2) the execution and delivery of all Loan Documents under the Credit Agreement in connection with such Loans, and (b) the term “indebtedness” means all obligations and liabilities of Borrower, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, disputed or undisputed, secured or unsecured, subordinated, absolute, fixed or contingent. For purposes of the definition of “indebtedness,” the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability. 4. As of the date hereof, assuming each of the Transactions is consummated on and as of the date hereof and taking into account the effect thereof, it is my opinion that: (a) The fair value of the assets and property of the Borrower exceeds the total amount of its indebtedness; (b) On a going concern basis, the present fair saleable value of the assets and property of the Borrower exceeds the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of its indebtedness as such indebtedness becomes absolute and matured; (c) The Borrower is able to realize upon its assets and pay its indebtedness as such indebtedness matures in the normal course of business; and (d) The Borrower does not have an unreasonably small capital nor will it be left with an unreasonably small capital for it to conduct its business. 5. In consummating the Transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement, to the best of my knowledge (after due inquiry), the Borrower does not intend to disturb, delay, hinder or defraud either present or future creditors or other persons to which it is or will become, on or after the date hereof, indebted. Exhibit D IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate this day of October, 2014. Exhibit D EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. Name: Title: EXHIBIT E-1 [FORM OF] U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [ ] (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among (the “ Borrower ”), the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent for the Lenders. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code. The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement. EXHIBIT E-1 [NAME OF LENDER] By: Name: Title: Date: , 20[ ] EXHIBIT E-2 [FORM OF] U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [ ] (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among (the “ Borrower ”), the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent for the Lenders. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code. The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement. EXHIBIT E-2 [NAME OF PARTICIPANT] By: Name: Title: Date: , 20[ ] EXHIBIT E-3 [FORM OF] U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [ ] (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among (the “ Borrower ”), the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent for the Lenders. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code. The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement. EXHIBIT E-3 [NAME OF PARTICIPANT] By: Name: Title: Date: , 20[ ] EXHIBIT E-4 [FORM OF] U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [ ] (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among (the “ Borrower ”), the other Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent for the Lenders. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code. The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement. EXHIBIT E-4 [NAME OF LENDER] By: Name: Title: Date: , 20[ ] Exhibit 10.40 FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND INCREMENTAL FACILITY AGREEMENT This FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND INCREMENTAL FACILITY AGREEMENT, dated as of February 23, 2015 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and among EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower party hereto (the “ Loan Guarantors ”), the lenders party hereto (the “ Lenders ”) and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”). Recitals The Borrower, the Loan Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and certain of the Lenders have entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2014 (as it may be amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). The Borrower has requested an increase to the aggregate Commitments in an aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000 (the “ Incremental Increase ”) in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.09 of the Credit Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank of America, N.A. (the “ New Lender ”) has agreed to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, and the New Lender and the other Lenders have severally committed to provide a portion of the Incremental Increase in the respective amounts set forth on Annex A to this Agreement. The parties hereto have agreed to certain amendments to the Credit Agreement as set forth herein. NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Capitalized Terms . All capitalized undefined terms used in this Agreement (including, without limitation, in the introductory paragraph and the Recitals hereto) shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement. 2. Joinder of New Lender . The New Lender (a) represents and warrants that (i) from and after the Effective Date (as defined below), it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of its Commitment, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, and (ii) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement and provide its Commitment on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender. 3. Incremental Increase . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Credit Agreement, each Lender severally agrees that (i) each Lender’s existing Commitment shall be increased by the amount for such Lender set forth on Annex A under the heading “Incremental Increase”, and (ii) immediately after giving effect to this Agreement, such Lender’s total Commitment shall be the amount for such Lender set forth on Annex A under the heading “Total Commitment”. (b) The terms and conditions applicable to the Incremental Increase shall be the same as the terms and conditions applicable to all Commitments and all Loans made in respect of the Incremental Increase shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as all other Loans made under the Commitments. (c) By its execution hereof, each party hereto consents to the Incremental Increase and the other transactions contemplated hereby notwithstanding any prior notice requirements required by Section 2.09 of the Credit Agreement. 4. Amendment to Credit Agreement . Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating the following definition in its entirety as follows: “ Issuing Banks ” means, individually and collectively as the context may require, (a) Chase, in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity, (b) Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity, and (c) Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity. Any Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate. 5. Conditions to Effectiveness . Upon the satisfaction or waiver of each of the following conditions, this Agreement shall be deemed to be effective (the date of such satisfaction, the “ Effective Date ”): (a) the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Agreement executed by the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Borrower and each Loan Guarantor; (b) the Administrative Agent shall have received a duly executed amended and restated Note (or in the case of the New Lender, an initial Note) in favor of each Lender in the amount of such Lender’s Commitment (as increased hereby); (c) no Default shall exist as of the Effective Date; and 2 (d) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent certifying (i) that attached thereto is a true, correct and correct copy of (A) the resolutions of the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, (B) any amendments to articles or certificates of formation or incorporation (or the equivalent) and the bylaws or operating agreements (or the equivalent) of the Borrower since October 24, 2014. 6. Limited Effect . Except as expressly provided herein, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. This Agreement shall not be deemed (a) to be a waiver of, consent to, or a modification or amendment of any other term or condition of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, other than as expressly set forth herein, (b) to prejudice any right or rights which the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any of the instruments or agreements referred to therein, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, (c) to be a commitment or any other undertaking or expression of any willingness to engage in any further discussion with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person with respect to any other waiver, amendment, modification or any other change to the Credit Agreement or the Loan Documents or any rights or remedies arising in favor of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, or any of them, under or with respect to any such documents or (d) to be a waiver of, or consent to, or a modification or amendment of, any other term or condition of any other agreement by and among the Credit Parties, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, on the other hand. References in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement” (and indirect references such as “hereunder”, “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof” or other words of like import) and in any other Loan Document to the “Credit Agreement” shall be deemed to be references to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby. 7. Representations and Warranties . By its execution hereof, each Loan Party hereby certifies, represents and warrants that (a) it has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, (b) it has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, (c) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Credit Party, (d) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) and (e) each of the representations and warranties made by it in or pursuant to the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent that such representation and warranty is subject to a materiality or Materially Adverse Effect qualifier, in which case it shall be true and correct in all respects), in each case on and as of the Effective Date as if made on and as of the Effective Date (both before and after giving effect to the Incremental Increase), except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties are true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent that such representation and warranty is subject to a materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier, in which case it shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date. 3 8. Reaffirmation . By its execution hereof, each Loan Guarantor hereby (a) consents to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, (b) agrees that none of its obligations and covenants under the Loan Guaranty shall be reduced or limited by the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and (c) reaffirms all of its obligations and covenants under the Credit Agreement and the Loan Guaranty. 9. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging means (e.g. “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart hereof. 10. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 11. Entire Agreement . This Agreement is the entire agreement, and supersedes any prior agreements and contemporaneous oral agreements, of the parties concerning its subject matter. 12. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties and their heirs, beneficiaries, successors and permitted assigns. 13. Nature of Agreement . This Agreement shall be a Loan Document. [Signature Pages Follow] 4 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first written above. BORROWER: EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. By /s/ Rohit Kapoor Name: Rohit Kapoor Title: Chief Executive Officer LOAN GUARANTORS: EXLSERVICE.COM, LLC By /s/ Rohit Kapoor Name: Rohit Kapoor Title: Chief Executive Officer BUSINESS PROCESS OUTSOURCING, L.L.C. By /s/ Rohit Kapoor Name: Rohit Kapoor Title: Chief Executive Officer EXLSERVICE TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS, LLC By /s/ Rohit Kapoor Name: Rohit Kapoor Title: Chief Executive Officer OUTSOURCE PARTNERS INTERNATIONAL, INC. By /s/ Rohit Kapoor Name: Rohit Kapoor Title: Chief Executive Officer OVERLAND HOLDINGS, INC. By /s/ Rohit Kapoor Name: Rohit Kapoor Title: Chief Executive Officer OVERLAND SOLUTIONS, INC. By /s/ Rohit Kapoor Name: Rohit Kapoor Title: Chief Executive Officer INSIGHT SOLUTIONS, LLC By /s/ Rohit Kapoor Name: Rohit Kapoor Title: Chief Executive Officer  ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually as a Lender, as Administrative Agent and as an Issuing Bank By /s/ James J. McDonnell Name: James J. McDonnell Title: Authorized Signer LENDER: CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender and an Issuing Bank By /s/ Stephen G. O’Keefe Name: Stephen G. O’Keefe Title: Senior Vice President LENDER : BANK OF AMERICA, N.A ., as a Lender and an Issuing Bank By /s/ Jana L. Baker Name: Jana L. Baker Title: Senior Vice President ANNEX A Incremental Increase and Total Commitments Lender Incremental Increase Total Commitment JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. $ 15,000,000 $ 40,000,000 Citibank, N.A. $ 15,000,000 $ 40,000,000 Bank of America, N.A. $ 20,000,000 $ 20,000,000 Total $ 50,000,000.00 $ 100,000,000.00 Exhibit 21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant Name of Subsidiary Jurisdiction Business Process Outsourcing, LLC Delaware Exl Service.com, LLC Delaware Landacorp, Inc.* Delaware Outsource Partners International, Inc. Delaware Professional Data Management Again, Inc.** Delaware Trumbull Services, LLC* Connecticut Business Process Outsourcing (India) Private Limited India exl Service.com (India) Private Limited India Exl Support Services Private Limited India ExlService SEZ BPO Solutions Private Limited India Inductis (India) Private Limited India Outsource Partners International Private Limited India Business Process Outsourcing Ltd. Mauritius OPI Limited Mauritius ExlService (U.K.) Limited United Kingdom Outsource Partners International Ltd. United Kingdom Exl Service Germany, GmbH Germany ExlService Czech Republic S.R.O. Czech Republic ExlService Mauritius Limited Mauritius ExlService Philippines, Inc. Philippines ExlService Romania Private Limited S.R.L. Romania Exl Services South Africa (PTY) Ltd. South Africa Inductis (Singapore) PTE Limited Singapore Outsource Partners International EAD Bulgaria Outsource Partners International SDN BHD Malaysia Overland Holdings, Inc. Delaware Overland Solutions, Inc. Delaware Insight Solutions, LLC Kansas City Blue Slate Solutions, LLC* New York ** Professional Data Management Again Inc. has been renamed as Exl Technology Solutions LLC effective January 31, 2015 * Trumbull Services LLC, Landacorp Inc., and BlueSlate LLC merged with and into Exl Technology Solutions LLC effective January 31, 2015 Exhibit 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements: of our reports dated February 27, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of ExlService Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of ExlService Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2014. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP New York, New York February 27, 2015 (1) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-179098) of ExlService Holdings, Inc.; (2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-139211) pertaining to the 2006 Omnibus Award Plan of ExlService Holdings, Inc.; and (3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-157076) pertaining to the 2003 Stock Option Plan, 2003 India Stock Employee Option Plan, 2006 Omnibus Award Plan, 2006 Omnibus India Subplan 1 and 2006 Omnibus India Subplan 2 of ExlService Holdings, Inc.; Exhibit 31.1 SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION I, Rohit Kapoor, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report of ExlService Holdings, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2014; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: February 27, 2015 /s/ Rohit Kapoor Rohit Kapoor Vice-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Exhibit 31.2 SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION I, Vishal Chhibbar, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report of ExlService Holdings, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2014; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: February 27, 2015 /s/ Vishal Chhibbar Vishal Chhibbar Chief Financial Officer Exhibit 32.1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of ExlService Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Rohit Kapoor, Vice-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (a) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (b) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. /s/ Rohit Kapoor Rohit Kapoor Vice-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer February 27, 2015 Exhibit 32.2 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of ExlService Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Vishal Chhibbar, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (a) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (b) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. /s/ Vishal Chhibbar Vishal Chhibbar Chief Financial Officer February 27, 2015 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above